Intelligent components for systems and switch cabinets 1 Intelligent system and switch cabinet components 2015 | 2016 Building automation, Process engineering 2 The range of product catalogues from METZ CONNECT By our range of product catalogues we really get things handy for you: concise information and highly interesting innovations across all our three product ranges U|Contact, C|Logline and P|Cabling. Use our product range catalogues to learn more about our connection systems for printed circuit boards and devices, our intelligent system and switch cabinet components or our network cabling options. ems Connection syst it boards for printed circu ard and Printed circuit bo techniques n tio ec nn device co s and switch cabinets Intelligent components for system Cabling solutions for networks Cabling solutions in the copper and fiber optic techniques for building and industrial cabling applications Intelligent components for systems and switch cabinets. 3 Table of contents Preface/Company philosophy 5 Building automation, process engineering 1 I/O components 17 2 Switches 69 3 Control cabinet components 73 4 Telecommunication products 133 5 Accessories 139 Index 155 Contact 164 General remarks 168 4 5 Dear business partners, dear customers, For the last few years, the METZ CONNECT group has already had a globally oriented growth strategy, in which the activities in the RIA CONNECT and BTR NETCOM companies had been developed increasingly in co-operation and the operations and organizations had been united globally. This has given METZ CONNECT energy from the synergistic effects and the more slimline processes for putting into practice our vision of a "Connectivity Specialist" who offers high-quality connection technology for the modern world of communications - from the printed circuit board to the Internet. For our family-owned company, this orientation bears the brand name METZ CONNECT, which is an important identification symbol and driving force for new products and business relationships as partners. On July 1st, 2013, the merger of the two companies in Germany was completed. Since then, the business activities of RIA CONNECT GmbH and BTR NETCOM GmbH have been conducted under joint leadership at METZ CONNECT GmbH. This step now propels the activities of the company with new identity and motivation now, after the US, also in Europe. The two brand names RIA CONNECT and BTR NETCOM are maintained as symbols established on the market in their market appearance and on the existing products. The existing METZ CONNECT product range with its diversified solutions has been expanded further, and the new products have now been integrated into the catalog. We have already informed you in our last catalog about the deliberate integration of our connection technology, in which we have divided our core competences into three core ranges: U|Contact stands for the connection techniques related to printed circuit boards and devices, C|Loglinestands for intelligent system and switch cabinet components and P|Cablingstands for cabling systems in the copper and fiber optic techniques for building and industrial cabling applications. Our consistent connection technology and competent advice for a wide range of application solutions and customer requirements makes us the ideal partner for your demanding requirements. Let us jointly approach the projects in equipment and system construction, structured building and industrial wiring or as proven partner in wholesale distribution and support you in your daily work. Make also use of our Internet appearance rich in contents and easy to understand. Here you will find a current overview of all novelties, products, including product-relevant documentations, planning aids and mounting films. Visit us at www.metz-connect.com and see for yourself. We are happy to meet the challenges that await us and are looking forward to advise and assist you as a real partner by our technically and economically sound solutions! Your Jochen Metz Christian Metz (Managing Partner) (Managing Partner) and the entire team from METZ CONNECT. 6 www.metz-connect.com Detailed knowledge in a matter of seconds Our product catalogs offer detailed product descriptions. But if you want to get even deeper into the details, visit us at www.metz-connect.com to get precise technical information within no time at all. To do so, you may also use mobile tagging: Simply scan the shown QR-code using your smartphone and you will directly be connected to the METZ CONNECT homepage. 7 The most up-to-date connection to METZ CONNECT Our website for even more efficiency Ideal user-friendliness and non-stop availability, - our website www.metz-connect.com offers you the most recent news about METZ CONNECT and our products that you need for your daily business. And all this at a speed that will really impress you! Your contacts Finding your right contact with METZ CONNECT, a distributor or special dealer is easy and comfortable using the country and zip-code search options under "Contact". You can also select here your global sales partner. Our products You may use different options to search for a product: the integrated navigation bar with its "Products" menu and concise structure, or the enterprise research option including its filter function or the online catalogs for all those, who wish to rely on our known product portfolio structure. A few clicks will lead you to the desired products and enable you to download all relevant documents such as data sheets, drawings or certificates. In the same time also compatible accessory components will be displayed. News(letter) In our News area we inform you in real time on our product innovations, events and news. In the same time you may want to subscribe to the METZ CONNECT newsletter. This will ensure that you will receive the latest information literally in real time directly on your computer. Under "Services" a complete download overview will be shown presenting the entire download offer from information brochures and certificates up to test results and 3D-data. Or just come and discover the web site of METZ CONNECT and play around with all its benefits - welcome to www.metz-connect.com! 8 Limitless connection Globally, the importance of networks is ever increasing. The principles of universal, transparent information - from everywhere and at any time - and a communication with devices mapping different processes - define more and more our everyday life. And all this depends on reliable connection techniques. To establish perfect connections is the core competence of METZ CONNECT. The METZ CONNECT group of companies offers a complete product range that stands out by its maximum system compatibility and continuity. Our sophisticated portfolio and product approach in the market segments industrial electronics, data and communication technology and building services engineering guarantees smooth data flow from the printed circuit board through to connectors, cables and patch panels up to the infrastructural environment. METZ CONNECT can thus guarantee a comprehensive, high-quality and transparent communication across all applications without system failures or performance losses. Next to the complete solutions, our group of companies offers also comprehensive services such as tailored product adaptations and new developments, qualified trainings, marketing support for our trade partners as well as a vast information program. METZ CONNECT excels by quality - resulting from its intelligent company-internal value adds and perfectly harmonized processes from a product idea up to its delivery and commissioning. Our quality management system enables processes that are free from losses and protect the environment. An additional competitive advantage for our customers: METZ CONNECT supplies complete solutions as one single provider. To do so, we rely on our own stamping shops, plastic mold injection and tooling shops, testing laboratories, internal assembly units and experts in construction and programming of tools and production automation. 9 All from one single source - for your competitive advantage APPLICATIONS Intelligence Distribution PC boards Function Devices, machines Process Systems, installations Processor Structure Infrastructure Buildings, commercial vehicles WLAN/Internet Communication Industrial automatization Data and communication systems MARKET SEGMENTS Building automation 10 A product range, which connects everything METZ CONNECT offers a universal range of products from printed circuit boards up to terminal devices. As your customer-oriented solutions partner, we subdivided our diversified, user-friendly and internationally standardized components and/ or systems into three well structured arrays. Under the name of U|Contact we bundle innovative connectivity products and solutions for printed circuit boards for a use with all modern techniques applied in the assembly of printed circuit boards. Products that are compatible with the standards of the markets as well as tailored product solutions for industrial controls and building automation are our core strengths in this field. This includes terminal blocks, board-toboard connectors as well as peripheral connectors (RJ, M12, USB) for different applications and protection classes. P|Cabling includes highly specified, internationally standardized and powerful connection components and connection systems in the copper and fiber optic techniques. These solutions are used in structured building and industry cabling applications and for data centers. Convenient installation, maximum quality and perfect system compatibility across all important performance classes are the main characteristics of our modular inserts, connectors, wall outlets, patch panels, distributors, IP-protected plug connectors and patch and installation cables. C|Logline stands for intelligent system components for a highly communicative and decentralized control in the application and product areas building automation, measurement and monitoring relays, interface modules, industrial relays and telecommunication. In addition we offer cross range system solutions. Perfectly harmonized connection systems with a protection degree of IP67 facilitate fast, safe and flexible connections of devices using optical coupler, RJ45 or Ethernet M12 connections. 11 Customer-oriented solutions provider Printed circuit board and device connection technology Intelligent components Cabling systems Fiber Optic & copper Terminal blocks, pin headers Bus modules Connectors Connectors Ethernet I/Os Wall outlets, patch panels Board-to-board Components for electrical cabinets Patch cords, lines 12 Uniform automation - central engineering 13 Building Automation, Process Engineering C|Logline - high performance components for integrated control tasks Technical networks and safety solutions in buildings and industrial plants are becoming increasing more intelligent. They offer the possibility of integrating internal and external processes so they can be controlled and monitored efficiently. METZ CONNECT has the perfect solutions for this. With the C|Logline product group, METZ CONNECT provides consistent, system-capable and intelligent network components for sustainable building automation, maximum protection, optimum process control and efficient energy controlling. Advantages: High performance components shorten assembly time, reduce energy consumption, create transparency or make it possible to resolve several tasks with just one device, for example. 14 15 Components/Building Automation Contoller I/0 Router/Switcher Components Interfaces/Adapter Display/ Appliance Software Accessories TCP/IP Ethernet SwitchElectricity Supplies BACnet RouterJumper BACnet MS/TP BMT-series USB/RS485 Adapter Modbus RTU MR-series LON LF-series iLON Controller Door Installation LONMaker Terminal Blocks Multiport Router Modules LONScanner Label LON AdapterDoor Installation LON InterfacesModules CAN F-seriesMore Measuring and Monitoring Relays Conventional Relays Technology Fan Timer Speed Motor Protection/ V-belt Level Monitor Phase Monitoring Relays Selective Protection Voltage Moni. Relay Current Moni. Relay Accessories LTRk-E12 DRIW-E16 CPW-E12 TMR-E12 ENW-E12 PFD-E12 ASD-C18 DUW-C12 FSB-E12 EUW-C18 EIW-C18 Speed Sensor, Mounting Bracket, Auxiliary Cam Current Transformer Submersible Electrode, Leakage Sensor Interface Modules and Industrial Relays Electro- mechanic Semi-Conductor Filtering/Convert Indicator Setpoint Device Accessories Coupling Modules KRA M-series KRE-seriesLabeling Plate KRA F-seriesTerminal Blocks KRZ-series Potential DividerPT-C12 Annuciator Modules STM-C12LTM-E16 AD/DAKAD-C12 ConverterADU-C12 Analog DataKMA(i)-F EncoderKMA(i)-E08 Diode ModulesKD-series Relay Modules RM-series Industrial Relays HF10FH R274 Pulse ShaperRTM-C12 Threshold ControlKRS-series Electronic Timer Relays Multi-Time fixed Time Diverse Features Multi-Function MARK-E08 U MFRK-E08 F MARK-E08 MFRK-E08 MFRK-E12 (2W) Delay On Make MZAK-E10; RTLK-E10 Delay On Brake RKAK-E10 Circuit Clos., Wiping EWEK-E10 REWk-E10 Flashing RTBk-E10 Clock Generator TERk-E08 Delta-Star RelayRSD-E10; RSDw-E10 Telecommunication Products Setting Features adjustable Features Power Switching Relay Fax Change o. Switch Automatic Changing Switch SAR4 SAR5 SAR1 AMS 1/4 F AP Sec. Alarm Affords fixed Features Multiple Changing Additional Equipment TZG WK 955 AP/UP 16 LF-AOP4 LON C|Logline - Product overview In total, C|Logline comprises all intelligent components of the highly-communicative and distributed controller with system components for building automation as well as measurement and monitoring relays, interface modules and industrial relays, time-controlled relays and telecommunication products. ASD-C18 Digital and analog input and output bus modules with LON(R), CAN and BACnet protocols are also included in this. KRA-SR-M8/21 MFRk-E08 AMS 1/4 F AP Contents | I/O components 17 I/O components with BACnet MS/TP, Modbus RTU, M-Bus, LON(R) and CAN technologies Automation of buildings, machines and systems In order to safely and efficiently operate today not only large but also small buildings, it has become indispensable to automate the most important service functions such as monitoring, air conditioning and lighting systems. This, however, leads to rising demands in terms of building installation, which in general can no longer be met by conventional techniques. This is the reason why building automation relies ever more on serial bus systems controlling the transmission of information between sensors and actuators, switches and higher control systems. These bus systems offer different advantages: * ease of planning and installing of building functions * strong flexibility in the use of buildings since functions can be programmed freely and can thus be re-configured at any time. Thanks to the availability of microcontrollers and to the reduction of the sizes and prices of the installed electronic components, automation has now also found its way into areas, which due to the implied costs were not suited for field bus solutions before. In particular in the linking of sensors, actuators and control units within machines and of devices used for measuring, control and monitoring systems, serial bus systems offer strong advantages. I/O components 1 Packing details 18 2 Ethernet I/Os 20 3 BACnet MS/TP I/Os 27 4 Modbus RTU I/Os 35 5 LON I/Os 44 6 CAN-Bus I/Os 64 7 M-Bus I/Os 66 I/O components | Packing details 18 Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules Ethernet I/Os | Multi I/O Controller (platform) PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU PU measures (W*H*L) 20 110910 1 pcs 167 x 147 x 95 mm 510 g 41 1108331326 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g 20 110900 1 pcs 167 x 147 x 95 mm 645 g 41 110833132601 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g 21 110901 1 pcs 167 x 147 x 95 mm 501 g 42 1108331326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 402 g 42 11083813 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g 43 11084213IP 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 139 g Page P/N PU gross weight Ethernet I/Os | Digital input I/O components Page P/N PU gross weight Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 22 1109541319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 103 g LON I/Os | Digital input 22 1109511319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g Page P/N Ethernet I/Os | Analog input Page P/N 23 11095213 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm PU gross weight 123 g Ethernet I/Os | Digital output Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight 24 11095013 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 112 g 24 1109561321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 126 g Ethernet I/Os | Analog Output Page P/N 25 1109551302 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 100 g Ethernet I/Os | Mixed Modules Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight 26 1109531326 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 139 g 26 1109531326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 401 g BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital input Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight 27 1108841319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g 27 1108841319IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 377 g 28 1108811319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 113 g 28 11088913 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog input Page P/N 29 11088213 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm PU gross weight 133 g BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital output Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight 30 11088013 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 116 g 30 1108861321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 132 g BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog Output Page P/N PU measures (W*H*L) 31 1108851302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 105 g 31 1108871302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 105 g PU gross weight BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Mixed Modules Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 44 1108501319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 106 g 44 1108511319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 115 g 45 1108511319IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 330 g 45 11085813 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 95 g 46 11086313 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 110 g PU gross weight PU gross weight LON I/Os | Analog input Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 47 11085313 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 126 g 47 1108601332 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 96 g LON I/Os | Digital output Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 48 1108521321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 132 g 48 1108521321IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 428 g 49 11086213 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 116 g LON I/Os | Analog Output Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 50 11085413 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 110 g 50 11085413IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm PU gross weight 330 g LON I/Os | Mixed Modules Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 51 1108551326 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 148 g 51 1108551326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 360 g 52 1108561326 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 102 g 52 11085913 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 126 g 53 11085713 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 53 11086105IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm PU gross weight 94 g 360 g LON I/Os | Connecting module Page P/N 54 11087913 PU PU gross weight PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 95 g LON I/Os | Door installation Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 55 11039125 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm PU gross weight 94 g 55 11039225 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 88 g 56 11039425 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 95 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 32 1108831326 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 145 g 56 11039525 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 92 g 32 1108831326IP 1 pcs 122 x 44 x 164 mm 400 g 57 11039613 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 96 g 33 11088813 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 130 g 57 11039713 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 96 g 58 11039025 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm 100 g BACnet MS/TP I/Os | BACnet Router Page P/N 34 11080001 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 160 x 30 x 200 mm PU gross weight 297 g Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital input Page P/N PU gross weight LON I/Os | Software Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 59 11021003E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 85 mm PU gross weight 1530 g 59 11021019E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 90 mm 1530 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 35 1108341319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 103 g 59 11021603E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 85 mm 1530 g 35 110834131901IP 1 pcs 247 x 161 x 58 mm 530 g 59 11021619E 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 85 mm 1530 g 36 1108311319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g LON I/Os | i.LON Server 36 11083913 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 108 g Page P/N Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog input Page P/N PU gross weight PU PU measures (W*H*L) 60 110213 1 pcs 245 x 155 x 90 mm PU gross weight 630 g 60 11021302 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 646 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 37 11083213 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 130 g 60 11021303 1 pcs 245 x 155 x 90 mm 630 g 37 1108401332 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 495 g 60 11021220 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g 60 11021221 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g 60 11021223 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g 60 11021243 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 650 g Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital output Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight 38 11083013 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 111 g 38 1108361321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 132 g LON I/Os | LON Router 39 110836132101 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 130 g Page P/N 61 110058 Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog Output Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 40 1108351302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 100 g 40 1108371302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 100 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm PU gross weight 555 g I/O components | Packing details 19 1 LON I/Os | Interface/Adapter Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 62 110214 1 pcs 190 x 160 x 55 mm PU gross weight 210 g 62 110215 1 pcs 265 x 160 x 90 mm 665 g 62 110054 1 pcs 260 x 160 x 80 mm 240 g 63 110050 1 pcs 90 x 60 x 8 mm 59 g 63 110051 1 pcs 135 x 85 x 40 mm 56 g CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output digital PU PU measures (W*H*L) 64 1105751319 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 102 g 64 1105701321 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 130 g CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output analog Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 65 1105741306 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 113 g 65 1105731302 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 104 g M-Bus I/Os | Digital/analog inputs Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 66 110556 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm PU gross weight 119 g 66 110562 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 112 g 67 110562IP 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 112 g I/O components Page P/N Ethernet I/Os | Multi I/O Controller (platform) 20 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for EWIO-9180 Operating voltage Current consumption Network Controller Internal memory External memory (microSD) Real time clock Operating system External I/O interfaces Inputs / digital Inputs / S0 Inputs configurable for resistance or for voltage Inputs / current Outputs / relays 24 V DC / +/- 10% 640 mA Ethernet RJ45, 10/100MBit, TCP/IP ARM9 180 MHz 128 MB RAM / 64 MB Flash up to 8 GB, 2 GB installed Error 1 s/day, 24 h power reserve embedded standard Linux SPI/RS485 4x Optocoupler, optical separated 4x acc. to DIN EN 62053-31 4x analog 40 Ohm to 4 M Ohm 4x analog 0 to 10 V DC 2x analog 0 bis 20 mA DC 4x change over contacts (4PST)/ 250 V AC/5 A Outputs / transistor 3x PNP / 24 V DC / 20 mA 1x PNP / 15 V DC / 30 mA Outputs / voltage 2x analog 0 to 10 V DC Outputs / current 2x analog 0 to 20 mA Dimensions (W x H x D) 125 x 90 x 60 mm, 7HP, T H35 Weight / Ingress protection 400 g / IP20 Operation / storage -5 to +55C / -20 to + 70 C Outputs / triac Outputs / transistor Outputs / voltage Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operation / storage Ingress protection 72 74 71 62 64 61 5A 52 54 51 5A T23 T24 5A Feature 1 24 V GND B+ A- Analog Inputs Voltage: 0..10 V Resistance: 40 Ohm .. 4 MOhm Analog Outputs 0..10 V DC/5 mA D Feature 2 E4 E3 E1 O3 A O2 O1 15 V DC/30 mA D4 D3 24 V DC/20 mA D2 24 V DC/20 mA D1 8- 8+ 24 V DC/20 mA 64MB RAM Digital Inputs 1 to 4 can be configured as S0 1- Color black Increments E2 T14 0.5 A T13 0.5 A 42 44 41 32 34 31 64MB Flash AC / DC Supply 1+ 0V 24 V P/N 110900 10 A 24 14 11 EAN 4250184153320 AC / DC Supply RealTim e Clock Ethernet I2 I1 E2 E1 C2 C1 O2 P ARM9 AC / DC Supply Increments 4GB Micro SD A Feature 2 10 A 5A M- M+ M-Bus 24 V GND B+ A- 24 V GND B+ A- USB 4 Analogeingange 4 Analog inputs 2 x 0..10 V 40 Ohm .. 4 MOhm 2 x 0 - 20 mA 4 Analogausgange 4 Analog outputs 2 x 0..10 V DC/5 mA 2 x 0(4)..20 mA Modbus RTU 15 V DC/30 mA DC Versorgung Supply Erweiterungen Extensions D D4 24 V DC/20 mA Feature 1 D3 D2 24 V DC/20 mA 24 V DC/20 mA D1 S04 4- Color black 8+ 8- 4 Digitaleingange 4 Digital inputs 128MB RAM O1 64MB Flash Ethernet B'+ A'- 42 44 41 32 34 31 RealTime Clock < 8GB Micro SD P/N 110910 24 V AC/DC / +/- 10% / 50/60 Hz 450 mA (AC) / 225 mA (DC) Ethernet RJ45, 10/100MBit, TCP/IP ARM9 180 MHz 64 MB RAM / 64 MB Flash microSD up to 4 GB Error 1 s/day, 24 h power reserve embedded Linux SPI/RS485 8x; 4 of them can be used as S0 acc. to DIN EN 62053-31 4x analog 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm 4x analog 0 to 10 V DC 3x changeover contacts (3PST)/250 V AC/5 A 2x changeover contacts (DPST)/250 V AC/10A 1x two-level / 250 V AC / 5 A 2x 20 to 250 V AC / 0.5 A 3x PNP / 24 V DC / 20 mA 1x PNP / 24 V DC / 30 mA 3x analog 0 to 10 V DC 125 x 90 x 60 mm, 7HP, T H35 430 g -5 to +55C / -20 to + 70 C IP20 Inputs / resistance Inputs / voltage Outputs / relays 5A 22 24 21 5A P ARM9 DC - Versorgung DC - Supply Erweiterungen Extensions 5+ 5- 24 V GND B+ A- Operating voltage Current consumption Network Controller Internal memory External memory Real time clock Operating system External I/O interfaces Inputs / digital Principle diagram 5A 12 14 11 Principle diagram 5A 142 Compact Linux I/O platform with 27 analog/digital inputs/ outputs, some of them with manual control. Integrated web interface for developing your own decentralized automation controllers. Applications can be programmed using the Linux Shell installed on the server or using C/C++ and JAVA development environments. The network is connected by means of a standard RJ45 Ethernet interface. External I/O extension with up to 6 optional modules of the EW-xxxx series possible. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. 4 S0-Eingange 4 S0 inputs 142 Terminal block Type 259 EWIO-9180 Powerful data logger for tasks in energy controlling. Meter data, temperatures etc. can be recorded via the intergrated I/Os, the M-Bus and RS485 (stty3) system interfaces, and s witching and actuating signals can be generated. An integrated data base supplies the data for higher-level energy m anagement systems via LAN. Also, a connection via WLAN or UMTS adapter is possible. An integrated web server allows the c onfiguration and parameterization via a web browser. C/C++, JAVA and Linux shell programmed applications are directly executable. The number of I/Os can be increased by connecting additional expansion modules. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. DC-Versorgung DC Supply Jumper plug for I/O components EWIO-9180-M S01 1- Page 141 24 V Power supply NG4 HS GND I/O components Matching accessory for EWIO-9180-M EAN 4250184130864 Ethernet I/Os | Multi I/O Controller (platform) 21 1 EWIO-9180-FB Compact Linux I/O platform with 27 analog/digital inputs/ outputs, some of them with manual control. Integrated web interface for developing your own decentralized automation controllers. Applications can be programmed using the Linux Shell installed on the server or using C/C++ and JAVA development environments. The network is connected by means of a standard RJ45 Ethernet interface. Optional extension with fieldbus modules. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Operating voltage Current consumption Network Controller Internal memory External memory Real time clock Operating system External I/O interface Inputs / digital 24 V AC/DC / +/- 10% / 50/60 Hz 450 mA (AC) / 225 mA (DC) Ethernet RJ45, 10/100MBit, TCP/IP ARM9 180 MHz 64 MB RAM / 64 MB Flash microSD up to 4 GB Error 1 s/day, 24 h power reserve embedded Linux UART/RS485 for fieldbus 8x; 4 of them can be used as S0 acc. to DIN EN 62053-31 4x analog 40 Ohm to 4 M Ohm 4x analog 0 to 10 V DC 3x changeover contacts (3PST)/250 V AC/5 A 2x changeover contacts (DPST)/250 V AC/10A 1x two-level / 250 V AC / 5 A 2x 20 to 250 V AC / 0.5 A 3x PNP / 24 V DC / 20 mA 1x PNP / 24 V DC / 30 mA 3x analog 0 to 10 V DC 125 x 90 x 60 mm, 7HP, T H35 430 g -5 to +55C / -20 to + 70 C IP20 Inputs / resistance Inputs / voltage Outputs / relays Outputs / triac Outputs / transistor Outputs / voltage Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operation / storage Ingress protection 72 74 71 62 64 61 5A 52 54 51 5A T23 T24 5A Color black 24 V GND B+ A- Analog Inputs Voltage: 0..10 V Resistance: 40 Ohm .. 4 MOhm Analog Outputs 0..10 V DC/5 mA D Feature 2 E4 E3 E1 O3 A O2 O1 15 V DC/30 mA D4 24 V DC/20 mA 24 V DC/20 mA Feature 1 D3 D2 8- 24 V DC/20 mA Digital Inputs 1 to 4 can be configured as S0 64MB RAM D1 64MB Flash Ethernet Increments E2 T14 0.5 A T13 32 34 31 42 44 41 0.5 A AC / DC Supply RealTim e Clock 4GB Micro SD P/N 110901 10 A P ARM9 AC / DC Supply Increments 8+ 24 V GND B+ A- 10 A 24 14 11 Principle diagram 5A 142 1- Terminal block Type 259 AC / DC Supply 142 1+ Jumper plug for I/O components 0V Page 141 24 V Power supply NG4 HS EAN 4250184151524 I/O components Matching accessory for EWIO-9180-FB Ethernet I/Os | Digital input 22 I/O components Matching accessory for EW-DI4 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for EW-DI10 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 EW-DI4 EW-DI10 The extension module with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power c ontactors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential-free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO-9180, which scans the outputs. The module address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The extension module with 10 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power c ontactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The extension module can only be used in combination w ith EWIO9180, which scans the outputs. The module address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol EWIO internal Protocol EWIO internal Addressing range 0 to 9 Addressing range 0 to 9 Bus interface Two-wire bus Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 115200 baud Transmission rate 115200 Bd Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 10 x digital Inputs 4 x digital Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Input / high signal more than 10 V AC/DC Display Green, red and yellow LED Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 83 g Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / terminal block IP40 / IP20 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram L- Wiring/Principle diagram 10 4- 4+ L+ 3+ 3- 1- 1+ L+ 2+ 2- P/N 1109541319 Color gray 9 8 7 6 C1 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- L- Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184138051 P/N 1109511319 2 3 4 5 Color gray C1 Feature 1 10x IN (U or c ontact) Feature 2 EAN 4250184138037 Ethernet I/Os | Analog input 23 1 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 EW-AI8 The extension module with 8 individually configurable resistance or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO9180, which universally configures the inputs. The module address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol EWIO internal Addressing range 0 to 9 Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 115200 Bd Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 8 x individually configurable Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / resolution 1 mV (0 to 100 %) Input / error approx. +/- 10 mV Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 104 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 8 C2 7 C2 6 C2 5 C2 S 4 C2 S A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS AA2 1 C2 P/N 11095213 2 C2 3 C2 Color gray Feature 1 8x IN (U or R) Feature 2 EAN 4250184138013 I/O components Matching accessory for EW-AI8 Ethernet I/Os | Digital output 24 Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for EW-DO4 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 EW-TO4 EW-DO4 The extension module with 4 digital triac outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors, HLK valves, etc. The extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO-9180, which switches the outputs. In addition, the outputs can be overridden manually by means of s witches on the device. The module address is set by means of a n address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The extension module with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The module is provided with a manual control for manually switching the relays. The extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO-9180, which switches the outputs. The module address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol EWIO internal Addressing range 0 to 9 Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 115200 Bd Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 digital outputs (triac) Output / switching voltage 24 V AC up to max. 250 V A C Output / continuous current 0.5 A / output Output / switching current 0.8 A (less than 30 s) Output / switch-on current 10 A (less than 20 ms) Display Protocol EWIO internal Addressing range 0 to 9 Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 115200 Bd Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts ( 4PST) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 5 A / output Green, red and yellow LED Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / max. total current 12 A across all outputs Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Display Green, red and yellow LED Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram 13 42 41 44 32 31 34 A1/ +24V A2/ GND 24V BUS B + BUS A - 14 23 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS Extension I/O I/O components Matching accessory for EW-TO4 24 33 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS AA2 34 43 44 11 14 12 21 24 22 P/N 11095013 Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (triac) Feature 2 EAN 4250184137986 P/N 1109561321 Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) Feature 2 EAN 4250184138044 Ethernet I/Os | Analog Output 25 1 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 EW-AO4 The extension module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The extension module can only be used in combination with EWIO-9180, which switches the outputs. The module address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol EWIO internal Addressing range 0 to 9 Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 115200 Bd Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 10 mV / digit Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram C2 4 C2 3 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- 1 P/N 1109551302 C2 2 C2 Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (U) Feature 2 EAN 4250184138020 I/O components Matching accessory for EW-AO4 Ethernet I/Os | Mixed Modules 26 Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for EW-DIO4/2-IP Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 EW-DIO4/2 EW-DIO4/2-IP The extension module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The module can only be used in combination with EWIO-9180, which scans and switches the inputs and outputs. The module address is set by means of an address switch on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The extension module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The m odule can only be used in combination with EWIO9180, which scans and switches the inputs and outputs. The module a ddress is set by means of an address switch. Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Output / contacts Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current (UL) Output / continuous current (VDE) Output / switch-on current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram Protocol EWIO internal Addressing range 0 to 9 Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 4 x digital Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 16 A / output Output / switch-on current 80 A (less than 20 ms) Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 126 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C 4 3 C1 C1 Bus BUS ABUS B+ BUS ABUS B+ 22 21 24 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- Outputs Power supply NG4 HS 24 21 22 14 11 12 Inputs I/O components Matching accessory for EW-DIO4/2 4 C1 3 C1 2 C1 1 C1 A2 1 2 C1 C1 P/N 1109531326 Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC 12 11 14 Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184137993 P/N 1109531326IP Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (U or c ontact) EWIO internal 0 to 9 Two-wire bus 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) 100 % 4 x digital 30 V DC more than 7 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 8 A / output 10 A / output 80 A (less than 20 ms) Green, red and yellow LED 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm 350 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP65 / IP20 Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184138006 BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital input 27 1 142 Matching accessory for BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power c ontactors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential-free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The BACnet MS/TP module in IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of p ower contactors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential-free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. T he inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module address and the baud rate are set by means of two address switches. Protocol BACnet MS/TP Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 64 mA (AC) / 35 mA (DC) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 4 x digital Inputs 4 x digital Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Display Green, red and yellow LED Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 350 g Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP65 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram L- Wiring/Principle diagram 4- 4+ L+ 3+ 3- A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 1- 1+ L+ 2+ 2- P/N 1108841319 Color gray A1/+24 V A2 /GND 24 V BUS B+ BUS A- 11+ L+ 2+ 2L- 33+ L+ 4+ 4L- Bus BUS ABUS B+ BUS ABUS B+ A1/+24 V A2 /GND BUS B+ BUS A- Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC L- Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) Feature 2 EAN 4250184138747 P/N 1108841319IP Color gray 4 C1 3 C1 2 C1 1 C1 Feature 1 4x IN (U or c ontact) 24 V 1 C1 RISC - CPU Terminal block Type 259 BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 142 Inputs Jumper plug for I/O components max. 30 V 141 max. 30 V HUB DC RISC - CPU Page 141 BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Power supply NG4 HS 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 +24 V GND J Feature 2 EAN 4250184160984 I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital input 28 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP The BACnet MS/TP module with 10 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 S0 inputs to DIN EN 62053- 31 class A was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for counting S0 counter pulses. This allows very good integration of the module into an energy controlling system. In case of a power failure, the last counter readings are saved. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol BACnet MS/TP Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) Current consumption 170 mA (AC) / 65 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 10 x digital Inputs 4 x S0 input, class A Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / acc. to standard DIN EN 62053-31 Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Display Green, red and yellow LED Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 83 g Weight 83 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 10 9 8 7 6 C1 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 1 2 P/N 1108811319 3 4 Color gray Wiring/Principle diagram A1/+24 V A2 /GND C1 C1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 24 V BUS B+ BUS A- +24 V 5 C1 Feature 1 10x IN (U or contact) Feature 2 J S04- S04+ +24V GND GND B+ BUS B+ B+ A- BUS A- A- S01+ S01- P/N 11088913 A1/ +24V 24 V AC/DC +24V GND GND EAN 4250184138709 S03- S03+ S02+ S02- Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (S0 impulse) A2/ GND BUS A- S01+ 24V BUS B+ 24V AC / 170mA 24V DC / 65mA GND, Class 2 Feature 2 S01S02+ S02S03+ S03S04+ S04- Use Copper Conductors Only 141 RISC - CPU HUB DC BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Page 141 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP EAN 4250184160991 BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog input 29 1 Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP The BACnet MS/TP module with 8 individually configurable resistance or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The inputs can be configured universally by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 8 x individually configurable Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %) Input / error approx. +/- 100 mV Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 104 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 8 C2 7 C2 6 C2 5 C2 S A1/+24 V A2 /GND A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- BUS B+ BUS AS S D 24 V BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS Outputs: Voltage 15 V DC or 24 V AC/DC Inputs: Voltage: 0-10 V Resistance: 40 Ohm - 4 MOhm 1 C2 P/N 11088213 2 C2 3 C2 Color gray 4 C2 S Feature 1 8x IN (U or R) Feature 2 A 8 C2 7 C2 6 C2 5 C2 4 C2 3 C2 2 C2 1 C2 EAN 4250184138716 I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Digital output 30 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital triac outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors, HLK valves, etc. The outputs can be switched by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. In addition, the outputs can be overridden manually by means of switches on the device. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The module is provided with a manual control for manually switching the relays. The outputs can be switched by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 digital outputs (triac) Output / switching voltage 24 V AC up to max. 250 V A C Output / continuous current 0.5 A / output Output / switching current 0.8 A (less than 30 s) Output / switch-on current 10 A (less than 20 ms) Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts ( 4PST) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 5 A / output Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram 43 44 42 41 44 32 31 34 33 34 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 13 14 P/N 11088013 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block A1/+24 V A2 /GND BUS B+ BUS A- Feature 1 4x OUT (triac) 24 V 14 23 24 33 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 34 43 A1/+24 V A2 /GND BUS B+ BUS A- 11 14 12 21 24 22 Feature 2 EAN 4250184138693 P/N 1108861321 Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 24 V 44 23 24 Color gray 13 Feature 2 RISC - CPU HUB DC BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Page 141 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 32 N.C. 34 N.O. 31 C 42 N.C. 44 N.O. 41 C EAN 4250184138761 BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Analog Output 31 1 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent a nd mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent a nd mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via aB ACnet client. Each output can be set for automatic or manual o peration by means of 4 potentiometers at the front. The module is addressed and the baud rate is set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 10 mV / digit Display Protocol BACnet MS/TP Addressing range 00 to F9 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 9600 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Green and red LED Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 10 mV / digit Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Display Green and red LED Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram C2 4 C2 Wiring/Principle diagram 3 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- C2 A1/+24 V A2 /GND BUS B+ BUS A- 1 24 V C2 BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Output: Voltage 0-10V 1 C2 P/N 1108851302 2 Color gray 2 C2. 3 C2 3 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- A2 /GND BUS B+ BUS A- C2 P/N 1108871302 2 Color gray 1 24 V BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Voltage 0-10V C2 EAN 4250184138754 A1/+24 V Output: 1 Feature 2 C2 4 C2 Feature 1 4x OUT (U) 4 C2 RISC - CPU Page 141 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS 2 C2. 3 C2 4 C2 C2 Feature 1 4x OUT (U) Feature 2 EAN manual/automatic 4250184151937 I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Mixed Modules 32 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP The BACnet MS/TP module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The module address and the baud rate are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The BACnet MS/TP module in IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend p rotecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of s tandard objects via a BACnet client. The module address and the baud rate are set by means of two address switches. Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Output / contacts Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current Output / switch-on current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Output / contacts Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current (UL) Output / continuous current (VDE) Output / switch-on current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block BACnet MS/TP 00 to F9 RS485 (two-wire bus) 9600 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) 100 % 4 x digital 30 V DC more than 7 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 16 A / output 80 A (less than 20 ms) Green, red and yellow LED 50 x 70 x 75 mm 126 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram 4 3 C1 C1 22 21 24 Wiring/Principle diagram A1/+24 V A2 /GND A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 1 2 C1 C1 P/N 1108831326 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 24 V BUS B+ 12 11 14 Color gray BACnet MS/TP 00 to F9 RS485 (two-wire bus) 9600 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) 100 % 4 x digital 30 V DC more than 7 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 8 A / output 10 A / output 80 A (less than 20 ms) Green, red and yellow LED 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm 350 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP65 / IP20 Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) BUS A- 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 GND +24 V bus BUS ABUS B+ BUS ABUS B+ A1/+24 V A2 /GND supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 24 V BUS B+ BUS A- J Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184138723 24 21 22 14 11 12 4 C1 3 C1 2 C1 1 C1 RISC - CPU Jumper plug for I/O components BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 141 outputs HUB DC inputs Page 141 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 GND +24 V J P/N 1108831326IP Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (U or c ontact) Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184138730 BACnet MS/TP I/Os | Mixed Modules 33 1 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 BMT-TP The BACnet MS/TP three-point module with 6 digital inputs, 2 two-level relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching, for example, multi-level pumps and fans or louvers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a BACnet client. The input terminals 1 to 6 are wired with the C2 terminals on two poles to potential-free switches or contacts. The module has a manual control for the o utputs. The module address and the baud rate are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / switching threshold Outputs (relay) Output / switching voltage Output / current Outputs (digital) Output / switching voltage Output / current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 4 5 6 C2 S2 S2 44 34 31 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 1 2 P/N 11088813 3 BACnet MS/TP 00 to F9 RS485 (two-wire bus) 9600 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC) 100 % 6 x digital contacts 4.5 V DC 2 x two-level 250 V AC 6 A / output 2 NO (DPST-NO) (photoMOS) 40 V AC/DC 100 mA Green, red and yellow LED 50 x 70 x 75 mm 126 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 C2 S1 S1 14 24 11 Color gray A1/ +24V A2/ GND BUS B + BUS A - 24V 11 14 24 31 34 44 S1 S1 S2 Inputs 1 ... S2 40V/100mA 250V AC / 5A HUB DC RISC - CPU Page 141 BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Power supply NG4 HS 6 C2 Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 6x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay CO), 4250184158899 2x OUT (opto NO) I/O components Matching accessory for BMT-TP I/O components 34 BACnet MS/TP I/Os | BACnet Router BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router The BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router provides stand-alone routing between BACnet networks such as BACnet/IP, BACnet Ethernet, and BACnet MS/TP - thereby allowing the system integrator to mix BACnet network technologies within a single BACnet internetwork. One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port and an MS/TP port are used as communication interface to the respective BACnet networks. An integrated web server allows the configuration, status monitoring, and troubleshooting. Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC +/- 10 % Power consumption 4 VA (AC) or 2 W (DC) Ethernet communications IEEE 802.3, 10/100 Mbps, 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX MS/TP communications ANSI/ASHRAE 135, ISO16484-5, EIA/TIA 485 9600, 19200, 38400 and 76800 Bd Display Power LED, green Ethernet 100 Mbps = LED, green 10 Mbps = LED, yellow Activity = LED, flashing MS/TP Activity = LED, green flashing Mounting TH35 acc. IEC60715 Weight 220g Operating temperature range 0 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +85 C Relative humidity 10 to 95%, non condensing Ingress protection IP30 Wiring/Dimensional drawing P/N 11080001 Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184158875 Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital input 35 1 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 MR-DI4 Modbus RTU MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The inputs can be operated by means of potential- free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The Modbus module in a surface mounting housing with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states from electrical limit switches and their external status display such as fire dampers or vent valves. The inputs can be operated by m eans of potential-free switches or contacts or used as voltage inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard o bjects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches o r by software. Protocol Modbus RTU Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 4 x digital Inputs 4 x digital Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / voltage 30 V DC Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Input / high signal more than 7 V AC/DC Display Green, red and yellow LED Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 95 g Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP20 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram L- 4- 4+ L+ 3+ 3- A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- 1- 1+ L+ 2+ 2- P/N 1108341319 Color gray A1/ +24V A2/ GND 24 V BUS B+ BUS A- 11+ L+ 2+ 2L33+ L+ 4+ 4L- Bus BUS ABUS B+ BUS ABUS B+ Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A1/+24 V Display 2 4 C1 3 C1 Damper 2 Damper 1 1 C1 2 C1 RJ45 A2 /GND BUS B+ RJ45 BUS A- 24 V 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 Display 1 GND L- Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) 1 C1 RISC - CPU 141 Modbus RTU on RS-485 HUB DC RISC - CPU Page 141 Modbus RTU on RS-485 Power supply NG4 HS Feature 2 EAN 4250184135647 P/N 110834131901IP Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (U or c ontact) Feature 2 EAN 4250184162957 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-DI4 Modbus RTU Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital input 36 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for MR-SI4 Modbus RTU Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 MR-DI10 Modbus RTU MR-SI4 Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 10 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The Modbus module with 4 S0 inputs to DIN EN 62053-31 class A was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for counting S0 counter pulses. This allows very good integration of the module into an energy controlling system. In case of a power failure, the last counter readings are saved. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via aM odbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Modbus RTU Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 170 mA (AC) / 65 mA (DC) Current consumption 85 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 4 x S0 input, class A Inputs 10 x digital Input / acc. to standard DIN EN 62053-31 Input / voltage 30 V DC Display Green, red and yellow LED Input / high signal more than 17 V AC/DC Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 83 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Weight 83 g Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 10 9 8 7 6 Wiring/Principle diagram C1 A1/ +24V A2/ GND A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- +24V BUS B+ BUS A- +24V 1 2 P/N 1108311319 3 4 Color gray 5 C1 C1 C1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 24 V A1 = C1 = 24V Feature 1 10x IN (U or contact) Feature 2 J S04- S04+ S03- S03+ A2/ GND +24V 24 V AC/DC +24V GND GND GND B+ BUS B+ B+ A- BUS A- A- GND EAN 4250184135609 A1/ +24V S01+ S01- P/N 11083913 S02+ S02- Color gray BUS A- S01+ 24V BUS B+ RISC - CPU HUB DC Modbus RTU on RS-485 Page 141 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS Modbus RTU on RS-485 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-DI10 Modbus RTU S01 S02+ S02 S03+ S03 S04+ S04 24V AC / 170mA 24V DC / 65mA GND, Class 2 Feature 1 4x IN (S0 impulse) Feature 2 EAN 4250184161035 Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog input 37 1 Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for MR-CI4 Modbus RTU Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 MR-AI8 Modbus RTU MR-CI4 Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 8 individually configurable resistance or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The inputs can be configured universally by means of standard o bjects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The Modbus module with 4 analog inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting currents and voltages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The inputs can be scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Modbus RTU Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC) Current consumption 25 mA (AC) / 10 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 8 x individually configurable Inputs 4 x analog Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / resolution 1 mV (0 to 100 %) Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %) Input / error 10 mV Input / error approx. +/- 100 mV Input / current 0 (4) to 20 mA DC Display Green and red LED Input / resolution 2 A Input / error 20 A Display Green, red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 104 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 8 C2 7 C2 6 C2 5 C2 Wiring/Principle diagram I4 U4 4- S I3 U3 3- A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS AA2 A1/ +24 V A2/ GND BUS B+ BUS A- D 24 V Voltage 0-10 V No function 1 C2 P/N 11083213 2 C2 3 C2 Color gray 4 C2 S Feature 1 8x IN (U or R) 1- U1 I1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184135616 P/N 1108401332 2- U2 I2 Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (U or I) active Feature 2 U1 U2 2I3 U3 3I4 0..20 mA 4..20 mA I1 1I2 Modbus RTU on RS-485 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS A U4 4- EAN 4250184165699 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-AI8 Modbus RTU Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital output 38 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for MR-DO4 Modbus RTU Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 MR-TO4 Modbus RTU MR-DO4 Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 4 digital triac outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors, HLK valves, etc. The outputs can be switched by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. In addition, the outputs can be overridden manually by means of switches on the device. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The Modbus module with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The module is provided with a manual control for manually switching the relays. The outputs can be switched by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 digital outputs (triac) Output / switching voltage 24 V AC up to max. 250 V A C Output / continuous current 0.5 A / output Output / switching current 0.8 A (less than 30 s) Output / switch-on current 10 A (less than 20 ms) Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block P/N 11083013 A1/ +24V A2/ GND 13 24 V BUS B+ BUS A- Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (triac) 14 23 24 33 RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts (4PST) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 5 A / output Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Feature 2 42 41 44 32 31 34 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- 34 43 44 23 24 13 14 00 to 99 Bus interface Wiring/Principle diagram 33 34 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- Modbus RTU Addressing range Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 43 44 Protocol EAN 4250184135593 A1/ +24V A2/ GND 24 V BUS B+ BUS A- RISC - CPU HUB DC Modbus RTU on RS-485 Page 141 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS Modbus RTU on RS-485 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-TO4 Modbus RTU 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 32 N.C. 34 N.O. 31 C 42 N.C. 44 N.O. 41 C 11 14 12 21 24 22 P/N 1108361321 Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) Feature 2 EAN manual/automatic 4250184135661 Modbus RTU I/Os | Digital output 39 1 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The module is provided with a manual control for manually switching the relays. The outputs can be switched by means of s tandard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 200 mA (AC) / 70 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Output / contacts 4 changeover contacts (4PST) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 5 A / output Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 42 41 44 32 31 34 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- A1/ +24V 24 V A2/ GND BUS B+ BUS A- RISC - CPU Page 141 Modbus RTU on RS-485 Power supply NG4 HS 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 32 N.C. 34 N.O. 31 C 42 N.C. 44 N.O. 41 C 11 14 12 21 24 22 P/N 110836132101 Color gray Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) Feature 2 EAN 4250184158745 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU Modbus RTU I/Os | Analog Output 40 Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 MR-AO4 Modbus RTU MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The Modbus module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The outputs can be output by means of standard objects via aM odbus master. Each output can be set for automatic or manual operation by means of 4 potentiometers at the front. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (AC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 10 mV / digit Display Protocol Modbus RTU Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface RS485 (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 1200 to 115200 baud Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (AC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Green and red LED Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 10 mV / digit Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Display Green and red LED Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram C2 4 C2 3 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- 1 C2 P/N 1108351302 2 Color gray Wiring/Principle diagram C2 A1/ +24V A2/ GND BUS B+ BUS A- D 24 V Modbus RTU on RS-485 Output: Voltage 0-10V 1 C2 2 C2 3 C2 A Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) Feature 2 C2 3 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- 4 C2 A2 = C2 = GND C2 4 1 EAN 4250184135654 C2 P/N 1108371302 2 Color gray A1/ +24V A2/ GND BUS B+ BUS A- D 24 V Modbus RTU on RS-485 Output: Voltage 0-10V 1 C2 2 C2 RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS RISC - CPU I/O components Matching accessory for MR-AO4 Modbus RTU 3 C2 A 4 C2 A2 = C2 = GND C2 Feature 1 4x OUT (U) Feature 2 EAN manual/automatic 4250184151920 Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules 41 1 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU The Modbus module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The Modbus module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs with manual control was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Output / contacts Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current Output / switch-on current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Output / contacts Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current Output / switch-on current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Modbus RTU 00 to 99 RS485 (two-wire bus) 1200 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) 100 % 4 x digital 30 V DC more than 8 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 16 A / output 80 A (less than 20 ms) Green, red and yellow LED 50 x 70 x 75 mm 126 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram 4 3 C1 C1 22 21 24 Wiring/Principle diagram A1/+24 V A2 /GND A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- 1 2 C1 C1 P/N 1108331326 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 24 V BUS B+ 12 11 14 Color gray Modbus RTU 00 to 99 RS485 (two-wire bus) 1200 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) 100 % 4 x digital 30 V DC more than 8 V AC/DC 2 NO contacts (DPST-NO) 250 V AC 16 A / output 80 A (less than 20 ms) Green, red and yellow LED 50 x 70 x 75 mm 126 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) BUS A- 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 GND +24 V J Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135623 4 3 C1 C1 24 23 A1/ +24V A2/ GND 13 N.O. 24V 14 C 13 N.O. BUS B+ A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ AABUS A- 1 2 C1 C1 P/N 110833132601 BUS A- 14 13 Color gray Feature 1 4x IN (U or c ontact) 14 C RISC - CPU 141 Modbus RTU on RS-485 HUB DC RISC - CPU Page 141 BACnet MS/TP on RS-485 Power supply NG4 HS 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 +24V 4 C1 GND J Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay NO) 4250184173595 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules 42 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 Matching accessory for MR-TP Modbus RTU 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Output / contacts Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current (UL) Output / continuous current (VDE) Output / switch-on current Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Modbus RTU 00 to 99 RS485 (two-wire bus) 1200 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 75 mA (DC) 100 % 4 x digital 30 V DC more than 8 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 8 A / output 10 A / output 80 A (less than 20 ms) Green, red and yellow LED 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm 350 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP65 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram Bus BUS ABUS B+ BUS ABUS B+ Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC P/N 1108331326IP Color gray Protocol Addressing range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / switching threshold Outputs (relay) Output / switching voltage Output / current Outputs (digital) Modbus RTU 00 to 99 RS485 (two-wire bus) 1200 to 115200 baud 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC) 100 % 6 x digital contacts 4.5 V DC 2 x two-level 250 V AC 6 A / output 2 NO contacts (DPST-NO) (photoMOS) Output / switching voltage 40 V AC/DC Output / current 100 mA Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 126 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 24 21 22 14 11 12 4 C1 3 C1 2 C1 1 C1 Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) 4 A1/ +24V A2/ GND BUS B+ BUS A- A1 = C1 = 24 V 5 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 24 V +24V 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 J 6 C2 S2 S2 44 34 31 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 BUS B+ B+ B+ BUS AAA- A1/ +24V A2/ GND BUS B + BUS A - 24V 11 14 24 31 34 44 RISC - CPU Jumper plug for I/O components The Modbus three-point module with 6 digital inputs, 2 two- level relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching, for example, multi-level pumps and fans or louvers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The input terminals 1 to 6 are wired with the C2 terminals on two poles to potential-free switches or contacts. The module has a manual control for the outputs. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches on the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Modbus RTU on RS-485 141 MR-TP Modbus RTU The Modbus module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs. The inputs and outputs can be switched and scanned by means of standard objects via a Modbus master. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two address switches. RISC - CPU HUB DC MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU Modbus RTU on RS-485 Page 141 Outputs Power supply NG4 HS Inputs I/O components Matching accessory for MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU S1 S1 S2 Inputs GND 1 Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135630 2 P/N 11083813 3 C2 S1 S1 14 24 11 Color gray 1 ... S2 6 C2 Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 6x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay CO), 4250184161004 2x OUT (opto NO) Modbus RTU I/Os | Mixed Modules 43 1 Page 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU The Modbus module in an IP65 housing with 4 individually configurable resistance or voltage inputs and 2 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. The inputs are suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The outputs are suitable as encoder for control variables for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. Via a Modbus master the inputs can be configured universally by standard registers and the outputs can be set. The module address, the baud rate and the parity are set by means of two switches or by software. Protocol Address range Bus interface Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / resistance Input / voltage Outputs Output / voltage Output / current Display Modbus RTU 00 to 99 RS485 (two-wire-bus) 1200 to 115200 Bd 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 90 mA (AC) / 35 mA (DC) 100 % 4x individually configurable 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm 0 to 10 V DC 2x analog 0 V to 10 V DC 5 mA at 10 V DC LED green, red, yellow Green, red and yellow LED 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm 104 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP65 / IP20 Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Type of protection for housing / terminal blocks Wiring/Principle diagram A1/ +24V BUS ABUS B+ BUS A BUS B + A2/ GND A1/ +24V A2/ GND A1/ +24V P/N 11084213IP 1+ C2 2+ C2 3+ C2 4+ C2 passive sensor Semiconductor sensor 1+ C2 O2+ C2 15/24V 15/24V 15/24V 15/24V A2/ GND BUS B+ BUS A- 0...10V GND Ub 15/24V 15/24V 15/24V 15/24V Color gray MODBus RTU on RS-485 Inputs: Voltage: 0-10 V Resistance: 40 Ohm - 4 MOhm active sensor Feature 1 4x IN (U or R) D 24V Outputs: Voltage: 15 or 24 V DC Feature 2 2x OUT (U) RISC - CPU Power supply NG4 HS A 1+ C2 2+ C2 3+ C2 4+ C2 O1+ C2 O2+ C2 EAN 4250184172871 I/O components Matching accessory for MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU LON I/Os | Digital input 44 LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for LF-DI10 LON LF-DI4 LON LF-DI10 LON The LON module with 10 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs and scanned individually or simultaneously by SNVT network variables. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 The LON module with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The input terminals 1 to 4 are wired with the C2 terminals to potential-free switches or contacts. The inputs can be scanned individually or simultaneously by SNVT network variables. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Terminal block Type 259 142 Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC) Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Recovery time 550 ms Inputs 10 x contact or voltage Inputs 4 contact inputs Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC Input / switching threshold 4.5 V DC Display Green and yellow LED Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 83 g Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block 24 V AC/DC +24V A1/ +24V A2/ GND GND GND GND NET1 N1 NET 1 N1 NET2 N2 NET 2 N2 1 C2 P/N 1108501319 2 Color green 1 C2 24V 2 C2 3 C2 7 6 C1 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 NET2 N2 1 Feature 2 8 A1/+24 V A2/GND N2 C1 C1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 24 V NET1 NET2 4 C2 C2 Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) 9 FT5000 10 3 FT 5000 +24V C2 TP/FT-10 C2 4 Wiring/Principle diagram LON TP/FT-10 Wiring/Principle diagram LON I/O components Matching accessory for LF-DI4 LON EAN 4250184135685 P/N 1108511319 2 3 4 Color green +24 V 5 C1 Feature 1 10x IN (U or c ontact) Feature 2 J GND EAN 4250184135692 LON I/Os | Digital input 45 1 LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 Matching accessory for LF-SI4 LON Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Inputs 10 x contact or voltage Input / high signal more than 8 V AC/DC Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm Weight 300 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP65 / IP20 terminal block Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 210 mA (AC) / 82 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Inputs 4 x S0 input, class A Input / acc. to standard DIN EN 62053-31 Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 83 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Bus NET B NET A NET B NET A Versorgung/Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC P/N 1108511319IP Color gray Wiring/Principle diagram C 10 9 8 7 6 C A1/+24 V A2/GND C 5 4 3 2 1 C Feature 1 10x IN (U or contact) C C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 24 V NET1 NET2 +24 V Feature 2 J S04- S04+ +24V 24 V AC/DC +24V GND GND GND N1 NET 1 N1 N2 NET 2 N2 A1/ +24V A2/ GND NET1 NET2 S01+ 24V S01S02+ S02S03+ S03S04+ S04- GND EAN 4250184135708 S03- S03+ FT 5000 141 LON TP/FT-10 HUB DC The LON module with 4 S0 inputs to DIN EN 62053-31 class A was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for counting S0 counter pulses. The software contains the LONMARK profile 2201-10 utility meter. This allows very good integration of the module into a LON-based energy controlling system. For each channel, the module saves up to 500 data records consisting of counter pulses and time stamps by means of a real-time clock (RTC). This makes it possible to use the LF- SI4 also as data logger. In case of a power failure, the data records remain saved. SNVT network variables allow scanning the inputs individually or simultaneously. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. FT5000 141 LF-SI4 LON The LON module in an IP65 housing with 10 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting potential-free switch states, for example electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The inputs can be used as contact or voltage inputs and scanned individually or simultaneously by SNVT network variables. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. LON TP/FT-10 Power supply NG4 HS LF-DI10-IP65 LON Eingange Inputs Page 54 Eingange Inputs LF-FAM LON S01- S01+ P/N 11085813 S02- S02+ Color green Feature 1 4x IN (S0 impulse) Feature 2 EAN 4250184135807 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-DI10-IP65 LON LON I/Os | Digital input 46 Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 LF-DI230 LON The LON module with 4 digital inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting 230 V AC switch states, for example, switches or buttons for light control. The input terminals 1L to 4L are wired with 1N to 4N terminals to 230 V AC via switches or contacts. The inputs can be integrated individually or simultaneously by SNVT network variables. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Inputs 4 x digital Input / input voltage 230 V AC Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 72 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 4N 4L 3N 3L A1/24V +24V 24 V AC/DC +24V GND N1 N2 1L 1N P/N 11086313 GND NET 1 NET 2 GND N1 N2 A2/GND 24V 1L 250VAC 1N NET1 NET2 FT 5000 LF-FAM LON LON TP/FT-10 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-DI230 LON 2L 250VAC 2N 3L 250VAC 3N 4L 250VAC 4N 2L 2N Color green Feature 1 4x IN (U=230 V A C) Feature 2 EAN 4250184146988 LON I/Os | Analog input 47 1 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for LF-CI4 LON LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 LF-AI8 LON LF-CI4 LON The LON module with 8 individually configurable resistance or voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting resistances and voltages of, for example, passive and active temperature sensors, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The inputs can be scanned simultaneously by SNVT network variables. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The LON module with 4 current and 4 voltage inputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting currents and voltages, for example, in industrial applications and refrigeration. The inputs can be scanned by SNVT network variables. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 67 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC) Current consumption 65 mA (AC) / 25 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Recovery time 550 ms Inputs 4 x voltage, 4 x current Inputs 8 x individually configurable Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100 %) Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / resistance 10 kOhm Input / resolution Input / error 10 mV (0 to 100 %) approx. +/- 10 mV Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC Input / resolution 0.05 mA Display Green and yellow LED Input / error 1% -5 C to +55 C Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 126 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Weight 84 g Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Ingress protection for housing / terminal block IP40 / IP20 Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 8 C2 7 C2 6 C2 5 C2 Wiring/Principle diagram S A2 /GND NET1 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 NET2 N2 N2 1 C2 P/N 11085313 2 C2 3 C2 Color green 4 A1/+24 V NET2 S S C2 24 V LON TP/FT-10 Outputs: Voltage 15 V DC or 24 V AC/DC Inputs: Voltage: 0-10 V UniversalTemp.Sensor 40 Ohm - 4MOhm S Feature 1 8x IN (U or R) Feature 2 8 C2 7 C2 6 C2 5 C2 4 C2 3 C2 2 C2 1 C2 EAN 4250184135739 I4 V4 C2 I3 V3 C2 A1 24V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 N2 NET2 A1/ +24V A2/ GND NET1 N2 NET2 D 24 V LON TP/FT-10 Input: Voltage: 0-10V Current: 0-20mA FT 5000 Page 54 FT 5000 LF-FAM LON A I1 V1 C2 I2 V2 C2 I3 V3 C2 I4 V4 C2 C2 V1 I1 C2 V2 I2 P/N 1108601332 Color green Feature 1 4x IN (U or I) active Feature 2 EAN 4250184135821 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-AI8 LON LON I/Os | Digital output 48 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for LF-DO4-IP65 LON LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 LF-DO4 LON LF-DO4-IP65 LON The LON module with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The outputs can be actuated by SNVT network variables. The module has a manual control activated only in configured mode. In addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The LON module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The outputs can be actuated by SNVT network variables. The module has a manual control activated only in configured mode. In addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated. Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 205 mA (AC) / 67 mA (DC) Current consumption 205 mA (AC) / 67 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Recovery time 550 ms Outputs 4 changeover contacts (4PST) Outputs 4 changeover contacts (4PST) Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC Output / continuous current 5 A / output 80 A, 20 ms Output / total current max. 12 A / all outputs Output / switch-on, switch-off current Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / continuous current 10 A / output Display Green and yellow LED Output / total current max. 25 A / all outputs Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Weight 368 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP65 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram 42 41 44 32 31 34 A1 24V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 N2 NET2 N2 11 14 12 21 24 22 P/N 1108521321 Color green Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) A1/+24 V A2/GND NET1 NET2 24 V 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 32 N.C. 34 N.O. 31 C 42 N.C. 44 N.O. 41 C 250 V / 5 A Feature 2 EAN manual/automatic 4250184135715 Bus NET B NET A NET B NET A Versorgung/Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC P/N 1108521321IP Color gray 44 41 42 34 32 31 22 21 24 12 11 14 Feature 1 4x OUT (relay CO) A1/+24 V A2/GND NET1 NET2 24 V FT5000 HUB DC LON TP/FT-10 141 Ausgange Outputs Power supply NG4 HS Ausgange Outputs Page 54 FT5000 LF-FAM LON LON TP/FT-10 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-DO4 LON 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 32 N.C. 34 N.O. 31 C 42 N.C. 44 N.O. 41 C 250 V / 5 A Feature 2 EAN manual/automatic 4250184135722 LON I/Os | Digital output 49 1 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 LF-TO4 LON The LON module with 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching electrical components, such as relays, contactors, HLK valves, etc. The 4 triacs can be controlled individually in a LON installation by means of standard network variables. The module has a manual control activated only in configured mode. In addition, an adjustable pulse/pause function is integrated. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Outputs 4 digital outputs (triac) Output / switching voltage 20 V to 250 V AC Output / continuous current 0.8 A / output Output / total current 2.4 A / all outputs Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Weight 104 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram 43 44 33 34 A1/+24 V +24V 24 V AC/DC +24V GND GND N1 N2 GND NET1 NET 1 N1 NET2 NET 2 N2 13 14 P/N 11086213 A2/GND 13 24V Feature 1 4x OUT (triac) 24 33 34 43 44 23 24 Color green 14 23 FT 5000 Page 54 LON TP/FT-10 LF-FAM LON Feature 2 EAN 4250184146995 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-TO4 LON LON I/Os | Analog Output 50 Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for LF-AO4-IP LON LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 LF-AOP4 LON LF-AO4-IP LON The LON module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The analog outputs can be activated proportionally by SNVT network variables, or previously defined voltage values can be adjusted. Each output can be set for automatic or manual operation by means of 4 p otentiometers at the front. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The LON module with 4 analog outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The analog outputs can be activated proportionally by SNVT network variables, or previously defined voltage values can be adjusted. Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 100 mA (AC) / 40 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 0.625 mV / digit Output / error 100 mV Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 84 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA (AC) / 20 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 0.625 mV / digit Output / error 100 mV Display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm Weight 300 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP65 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram C2 4 C2 Wiring/Principle diagram 3 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 NET2 N2 N2 A1/+24V A2/GND NET1 NET2 D 24V LON TP/FT-10 Output: 2 C2 3 C2 Voltage 0-10V A 1 P/N 11085413 C2 2 Color green 1 C2 4 C2 C2 Feature 1 4x OUT (U) Feature 2 EAN manual/automatic 4250184135746 Bus NET B NET A NET B NET A Out 4 C2 4+ Out 3 C2 3+ A1/+24V A2/GND NET1 NET2 P/N 11085413IP Out 2 Out 1 Color gray C2 2+ Voltage 0 - 10 V 3+ C2 4+ C2 A C2 1+ Feature 1 4x OUT (U) 1+ C2 2+ C2 FTT10-A Outputs: Versorgung/Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC D 24 V FT 5000 LF-FAM LON FT 5000 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-AOP4 LON Feature 2 EAN 4250184135753 LON I/Os | Mixed Modules 51 1 Matching accessory for LF-DIO4/2-IP LON LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 LF-DIO4/2 LON LF-DIO4/2-IP LON The LON module with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light switches and window contacts in a room, switching two light strips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 motorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used either as contact or voltage inputs. SNVT network variables switch and scan the inputs and outputs. The outputs have a manual control activated only in configured mode. In addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The LON module in an IP65 housing with 4 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for accommodating, for example, light s witches and window contacts in a room, switching two light s trips or controlling louvers. It can also be used to control 2 m otorized fire dampers. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts with an RC element. The inputs can be used either as contact or voltage inputs. SNVT network variables switch and scan the inputs and o utputs. The outputs have a manual control activated only in c onfigured mode. In addition, an adjustable wipe function is integrated. Protocol Neuron Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Recovery time Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Outputs Output / switching voltage Output / current Output / total current Operation and bus display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block TP/FT-10, free topology FT5000 78 KBit/s 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 220 mA (AC) / 90 mA (DC) 100 % 550 ms 4 x digital 30 V AC/DC more than 8 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 16 A / output 25 A across all outputs Green and yellow LED 60 x 70 x 75 mm 126 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram 4 3 C1 C1 22 21 24 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 NET2 N2 N2 1 2 C1 C1 P/N 1108551326 TP/FT-10, free topology FT5000 78 KBit/s 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 220 mA (AC) / 90 mA (DC) 100 % 550 ms 4 x digital 30 V AC/DC more than 8 V AC/DC 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 250 V AC 8 A / output 10 A / output 20 A across all outputs Green and yellow LED 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm 330 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP65 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram A1/ +24V A2/ GND NET1 12 11 14 Color green Protocol Neuron Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Recovery time Inputs Input / voltage Input / high signal Outputs Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current (UL) Output / continuous current (VDE) Output / total current Operation and bus display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block NET2 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 24V Feature 1 4x IN (U or contact) +24V J 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 GND Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135760 Bus NET B NET A NET B NET A Versorgung/Supply A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC A2 GND A1 24 V AC/DC P/N 1108551326IP Color green 24 21 22 14 11 12 4 C1 3 C1 2 C1 1 C1 A1/ +24V A2/ GND NET1 Feature 1 4x IN (U or c ontact) NET2 12 N.C. 14 N.O. 11 C 22 N.C. 24 N.O. 21 C 24V FT 5000 142 TP/FT-10 142 Terminal block Type 259 LON 141 Jumper plug for I/O components Ausgange Outputs HUB DC Eingange Inputs 141 FT 5000 Power supply NG4 HS TP/FT-10 Page 54 LON LF-FAM LON +24V J 1 C1 2 C1 3 C1 4 C1 GND Feature 2 EAN 2x OUT (relay CO) 4250184135777 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-DIO4/2 LON LON I/Os | Mixed Modules 52 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for LF-TP LON LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 LF-DM4/4 LON LF-TP LON The LON I/O module with 4 digital inputs, 2 relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for querying, for example, switching states and, as a result, switching motors or other actuators. With s trong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT network variables. The input terminals 1 to 4 are wired with the C2 terminals on two poles to potential-free switches or contacts. In addition, a wipe function is integrated. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The LON three-point module with 6 digital inputs, 2 two-level relay outputs and 2 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for switching, for example, multi-level pumps, fans, burners or similar. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay c ontacts additionally with an RC element. The inputs and outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT network variables. The input terminals 1 to 6 are wired with the C2 terminals on two poles to potential-free switches or contacts. The module has a manual control for the outputs, which is activated only in configured mode. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol Neuron Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Recovery time Inputs Input / switching threshold Outputs (relay) Output / switching voltage Output / current Outputs (digital) Output / switching voltage Output / current Operation and bus display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block TP/FT-10, free topology FT5000 78 KBit/s 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 200 mA (AC) / 65 mA (DC) 100 % 550 ms 4 x digital contacts 4.5 V DC 2 NO (DPST-NO) 250 V AC 6 A / output 2 NO (DPST-NO) (photoMOS) 40 V AC/DC 100 mA Green and yellow LED 35 x 70 x 65 mm 90 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram A2/ GND NET1 NET2 Color green TP/FT-10, free topology FT5000 78 KBit/s 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 220 mA (AC) / 90 mA (DC) 100 % 550 ms 6 x digital contacts 4.5 V DC 2 x two-level 250 V AC 6 A / output 2 NO (DPST-NO) (photoMOS) 40 V AC/DC 100 mA Green and yellow LED 50 x 70 x 75 mm 126 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Wiring/Principle diagram A1/ +24V P/N 1108561326 Protocol Neuron Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Recovery time Inputs Input / switching threshold Outputs (relay) Output / switching voltage Output / current Outputs (digital) Output / switching voltage Output / current Operation and bus display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block K1 24V K2 13 4 5 14 23 24 S1 S 1 2 3 4 C2 6 C2 S2 S2 44 34 31 A1 24 V AC/DC A1 GND A2 A2 NET1 N1 N1 NET2 N2 N2 S2 Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay NO),4250184135784 2x OUT (opto NO) A1/ +24V A2/ GND NET1 NET2 24V FT 5000 141 TP/FT-10 Power supply NG4 HS 1 2 P/N 11085913 3 C2 S1 S1 14 24 11 Color green 11 14 24 31 34 44 S1 S1 S2 LON Page 54 FT 5000 LF-FAM LON LON TP/FT-10 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-DM4/4 LON Inputs 1 S2 ... 6 C2 Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 6x IN (contact) 2x OUT (relay CO), 4250184135814 2x OUT (opto NO) LON I/Os | Mixed Modules 53 1 142 Matching accessory for LF-TI-IP65 LON LF-FAM LON Page 54 Power supply NG4 HS 141 HUB DC 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 LF-AM2/4 LON LF-TI-IP65 LON The LON I/O module with 2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs and 2 digital outputs. It is suitable for controlling, for example, motorized vent valves and switching on alarm at the set threshold value. The inputs and outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT network variables. The analog inputs can be scanned simultaneously. The analog outputs can be activated proportionally, or previously defined voltage values can be adjusted. Both digital outputs can be activated individually or as a function of an adjustable threshold value. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. The LON module in an IP65 housing with 4 universal inputs and 4 digital outputs was developed for decentralized switching tasks. It is suitable for detecting temperatures or voltages or for switching 4 thermal valve drives with triacs. The inputs and outputs are scanned and activated by SNVT network variables. The outputs can be operated either only switching or in clocking mode with adjustable pulse/pause ratio. Protocol Neuron Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Inputs Input / voltage Input / resolution Outputs Output / voltage Output / current Output / resolution Output Output / contacts TP/FT-10, free topology FT5000 78 KBit/s 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 95 mA (AC) / 35 mA (DC) 100 % 2 x analog 0 V to 10 V DC 10 mV (0 to 100%) 2 x analog 0 V to 10 V DC 5 mA at 10 V DC 10 mV (0 to 100%) 2 x digital 2 NO (DPST-NO) photoMOS relay Switching voltage max. 40 V AC/DC Continuous current max. 100 mA Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 82 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Protocol TP/FT-10, free topology Neuron FT5000 Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 230 V AC, 50 Hz Current consumption less than 25 mA Relative duty cycle 100 % Inputs 4 x analog Input / resistance 40 Ohm to 4 MOhm Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / resolution 10 mV (0 to 100%) Outputs 4 x digital, triac Output / switching voltage 20 V to 250 V AC Output / current 0.8 A Output / total current 2.4 A / all outputs Output / fuse 2 A / output Operation and bus display Green and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41.5 x 120 mm Weight 330 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP65 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram 23 24 E2 E2- A2 A2A1/ +24V +24V 24 V AC/DC +24V GND GND GND N1 NET 1 N1 N2 NET 2 N2 A2/ GND NET1 NET2 D 24V LON TP/FT-10 A Inputs: Voltage 0-10V Outputs: Voltage 0-10V K1 K2 I1 I1I2 I2O1 O1O2 O213 14 23 24 13 14 E1 E1- A1 A1- P/N 11085713 Color green Feature 1 2x IN (U) Feature 2 2x OUT (U), 2x OUT (opto NO) EAN 4250184135791 15 V 24 V 1+ C2 2+ C2 3+ C2 4+ C2 J 15/24V 15/24V 15/24V 15/24V NET 2 NET 2 NET 1 NET 1 P/N 11086105IP 230V Color gray 44 34 24 14 11 L L N N N N N PE Feature 1 4x IN (U or R) A B LON TP/FT-10A Inputs: voltage 0-10V universal temperature sensor 40 Ohm - 4 MOhm FT 5000 142 Terminal block Type 259 Ausgange Outputs 141 Jumper plug for I/O components Versorgung Supply HUB DC Eingange Inputs 141 Ausgange Ouputs Power supply NG4 HS Bus Page 54 FT5000 LF-FAM LON Outputs: voltage 15VDC or 24VDC Feature 2 4x OUT (triac) EAN 4250184135838 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-AM2/4 LON LON I/Os | Connecting module 54 I/O components Matching accessory for LF-FAM LON HUB DC Page 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 LF-FAM LON is matching accessory for LF-DI4 LON Page 44 LF-DI10 LON 44 LF-FAM LON LF-DI10-IP65 LON 45 LF-SI4 LON 45 LF-DI230 LON 46 LF-AI8 LON 47 LF-CI4 LON 47 LF-DO4 LON 48 LF-DO4-IP65 LON 48 LF-TO4 LON 49 LF-AOP4 LON 50 Switch-on module for bus connection, supply voltage and adjustable bus termination. The switch-on module was developed as wiring help for supplying the supply voltage and a two-wire bus to the LON bus modules. The supply voltage and the two-wire bus are led to the upper part of the housing over a sturdy terminal block with a cross section of max. 2.5 mm and connected to the modules by means of the jumper. U sing a suitable interface cable, the two-wire bus can be c onnected to a PC over the two RJ45 jacks. A bus terminating r esistor of 52.3 Ohm (R/2) for free network topology and 105 Ohm (R) for line topology can be set by means of the jumper u nder the removable cover. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. LF-AO4-IP65 LON 50 LF-DIO4/2 LON 51 Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption less than 5 mA Switch-on duration relative 100 % Display Green LED LF-DIO4/2-IP65 LON 51 LF-DM4/4 LON 52 Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 78 mm LF-TP LON 52 Weight 75 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C LF-AM2/4 LON 53 LF-TI-IP65 LON 53 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram P/N 11087913 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184135906 LON I/Os | Door installation 55 1 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Label sheet for door installation modules 147 Matching accessory for LM2 LON LM1 LON LM2 LON Display module with 10 LEDs for 19 inches assembly frames. It is suitable as alarm module in switch cabinet doors or remote control panels. The individual LEDs are actuated by SNVT network variables. Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames. It is s uitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or remote c ontrol panels. When delivered, the module is used as collective fault alarm module. The LEDs and buttons are activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables. Functions of the collective fault alarm module: 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 LED 1 Operating mode indicator Illuminated Label sheet for door installation modules 147 LED 2 Collective warning Yellow LED 3 Collective fault message Red, flashing LED 4 Switch in manual position Illuminated Button 1 Acknowledgement Button 2 Unblocking Button 3 Lamp test Protocol FTT10A, free topology Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 % Current consumption 43 mA Relative duty cycle 100 % Display 3 LEDs Buttons 4x Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Protocol FTT10A, free topology Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 % Current consumption 53 mA Relative duty cycle 100 % Display 10 LEDs Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Wiring P/N 11039125 Wiring Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121602 P/N 11039225 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121619 I/O components Matching accessory for LM1 LON LON I/Os | Door installation 56 I/O components Matching accessory for LS1 LON Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Label sheet for door installation modules 147 Matching accessory for LT1 LON Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Label sheet for door installation modules 147 LS1 LON LT1 LON Switch and display module for 19 inches assembly frames. It is s uitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or remote c ontrol panels. The individual LEDs and switches are activated a nd analyzed by SNVT network variables. Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames. It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or remote control panels. The individual LEDs and buttons are activated a nd analyzed by SNVT network variables. Protocol FTT10A, free topology Protocol FTT10A, free topology Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 % Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 % Current consumption 46 mA Current consumption 47 mA Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Display 6 LEDs Display 6 LEDs Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow Switch 2x Buttons 2x Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Ingress protection IP20 Wiring P/N 11039425 Wiring Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121626 P/N 11039525 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121633 LON I/Os | Door installation 57 1 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Label sheet for door installation modules 147 Matching accessory for LT3 LON LT2 LON LT3 LON Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames. It is suitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or remote control panels. The individual LEDs and buttons are activated a nd analyzed by SNVT network variables. Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 Button and display module for 19 inches assembly frames. It is s uitable for manual control in switch cabinet doors or remote c ontrol panels or for operating motorized fire dampers. The module allows to conduct test runs or to move to the opposite position of the fire dampers. The individual LEDs and buttons a re activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables. 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Protocol FTT10A, free topology Neuron 3120, 3k EEPROM Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 to 28 V AC/DC Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 38 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Display 4 LEDs Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow Buttons 4x Label sheet for door installation modules 147 Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Wiring P/N 11039613 Protocol FTT10A, free topology Neuron 3120, 4k EEPROM Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 20 to 28 V AC/DC Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 38 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Display 8 LEDs Display / adjustable colors Red, green, yellow Buttons 2x Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Wiring Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121640 P/N 11039713 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121657 I/O components Matching accessory for LT2 LON LON I/Os | Door installation 58 I/O components Matching accessory for LA1 LON Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 Terminal block ASP02 143 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP 145 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Label sheet for door installation modules 147 LA1 LON Display and setpoint device for 19 inches assembly frames. It is s uitable for displaying and manually controlling analog signals in switch cabinet doors or remote control panels. The bar graphs and potentiometers are activated and analyzed by SNVT network variables. Protocol FTT10A, free topology Neuron 3120, 4k EEPROM Transmission rate 78 KBit/s Operating voltage range 24 V DC +/- 15 % Current consumption 50 mA Relative duty cycle 100 % Display 2 bar graphs Switch 2x Potentiometer 2x Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions for 19 inches design 3RU x 8HP Connection / terminal block pluggable, 1.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Wiring P/N 11039025 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121596 LON I/Os | Software 59 Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional The LonMaker(R) integration tool SR4 Turbo Standard is a software package for designing, installing, operating and maintaining open and interoperable LONWORKS(R) control networks of several manufacturers. Based on the LNS network operating system of Echelon, the LonMaker(R) tool combines a powerful client-server architecture with the user-friendly graphical interface of Microsoft VISIO(R) 2010 Standard. The LonMaker(R) integration tool SR4 Turbo Professional is a software package for designing, installing, operating and maintaining open and interoperable LONWORKS(R) control networks of several manufacturers. Based on the LNS network operating system of Echelon, the LonMaker(R) tool combines ap owerful client-server architecture with the user-friendly graphical interface of Microsoft VISIO(R) 2010 Professional. * Ideal maintenance tool for system operators * Suitable for many LonMaker OEM applications * Includes Microsoft Visio 2010 Standard with easy drawing function * With five LonMaker credits (you can purchase further credits after having put into operation 5 devices; credits are not required for devices with FT5000 Smart transceiver or Neuron 5000 processor.) * For devices that have already been put into operation with the Professional Edition, no further credits have to be purchased. * Drawings created by means of LonMaker Professional Edition can be read and modified. * The leading integration tool for network integrators * Includes Microsoft Visio 2010 Professional with all functions of Visio 2010 and extended support for machine drawings, building, room and floor plans, logical network diagrams and other technical drawings * With 64 LonMaker credits (you can purchase further credits after having put into operation 64 devices; credits are not required for devices with FT5000 Smart transceiver or Neuron 5000 processor.) * Supports several users P/N 11021003E Feature 2 EAN Complete version 4250184151647 P/N 11021603E Upgrade 11021619E 11021019E Color Feature 1 Standard Edition Standard Edition 4250184126263 Color Feature 1 Prof. Edition Feature 2 EAN Complete version 4250184151654 Prof. Edition Upgrade 4250184123828 I/O components 1 I/O components 60 LON I/Os | i.LON Server Echelon i.LON 600 Echelon i.LON Smart Server The i.LON 600 LONWORKS(R)/IP server is a LonTalk-to-IP router compliant with EIA 852. It provides reliable and secure internet access to devices, such as pumps, motors, valves, sensors, regulators and lighting systems. Documentation: The i.LON 600 LONWORKS(R)/IP server manual is provided in PDF format on the product CD or can be downloaded from www.echelon.com/ilon A printed version of the i.LON 600 LONWORKS(R)/IP server Q uick Start Guide is delivered with each device. Variants: 110213: TP/FT-10 (90 V to 240 V AC or DC) 11021302: TP/XF-1250 (90 V to 240 V AC or DC) 11021303: TP/FT-10 (24 V AC/DC) The i.LON SmartServer connects LONWORKS networks - the standardized automatic platform for a large number of control applications in buildings, industry, transport, homes, services - as well as other systems with IP networks or the internet. It provides access to and control and monitoring of electronic devices. It also allows an intelligent use of data to save electricity, improve operating procedures and reduce maintenance costs. By embedding a large number of existing software applications that use web services for remote monitoring and control of automatic systems and machines, iLON SmartServer can provide data promptly to the building management system. Documentation: The original i.LON SmartServer data sheet is available in PDF format on the product CD or can be downloaded from www.echelon.com Variants: 11021220: TP/FT10, without modem 11021221: TP/FT10, with modem 11021223: TP/FT10, IP-852, programmable, without modem 11021243:PL, IP-852, programmable, without modem * converts the internet (or any other IP-based LAN or WAN) into a transfer medium of LONWORKS(R) control information * allows top performance for layer 3 routing of LONWORKS(R) control information * supports LONWORKS(R)/IP channels with up to 256 devices * supports use after a NAT firewall * compliant with EIA-852 and ANSI/EIA 709.1 * MD5 authentication for secure access * 8T DIN packaging * CE marking, U.L. and cU.L. listed, TUV certification Operating voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Current consumption less than 15 W Ethernet connection 10/100 BaseT Operating voltage (AC or DC) 90 V to 240 V AC or DC Dimensions (W x H x D) 89 x 138 x 66 mm Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Operating temperature range 0 C to +50 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 89 x 138 x 66 mm Storage temperature range -40 C to +85 C Operating temperature range 0 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -40 to +85 C P/N 110213 Color gray 11021302 gray 11021303 gray Feature 1 TP/FT-10 channel TP/XF-1250 Channel TP/FT-10 channel Feature 2 90 - 240 V EAN 4250184120698 P/N 11021220 Color gray Feature 1 TP/FT-10 Feature 2 w/o modem EAN 4250184133797 90 - 240 V 4250184120704 11021221 gray TP/FT-10 with modem 4250184133803 24 V AC/DC 4250184120711 11021223 gray TP/FT-10 programmable 4250184151661 11021243 gray PL Channel programmable 4250184151678 LON I/Os | LON Router 61 Echelon Multi Port Router The MPR-50 multi-port router provides routing compliant with ANSI/CEA-709.1 over 5 channels; 4 of them TP/FT-10 free- topology twisted-pair (ANSI/CEA-709.3) and 1 LONMARK standard TP/XF-1250 channel. Each TP/FT-10 channel connection is compatible with link-powered channels. With M PR-50, two, three or four TP/FT-10 channels can be connected to each other or a high-speed TP/XF-1250 backbone channel. Documentation: The MPR-50 multi-port router User's Guide and MPR-50 multi- port router Quick Start Guide are delivered in PDF format on the CD-ROM. These manuals are also available on the website www.echelon.com. * All five channels can be connected individually by means of their 3.5 mm mono-phone connector on the front * Intelligent monitor certified to LONMARK(R) saves time and costs during installation Channels 4 x TP/FT-10 1 x TP/XF-1250 Operating voltage AC 9 to 28 V AC, 40-70 Hz Operating voltage DC 9 to 35 V DC Mounting DIN rail or wall mounting Dimensions (W x H x D) 157.5 x 80 x 80 mm Operating temperature range 0 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 to +85 C P/N 110058 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120193 I/O components 1 I/O components 62 LON I/Os | Interface/Adapter Echelon USB Network Interface Echelon PCI Network Adapter The USB network interface is a low-cost, high-performance LONWORKS interface for USB-capable personal computers and controllers. Variants: The U10 USB network interface is connected directly to a TP/ FT10 free-topology twisted-pair (ANSI/CEA-709.3) LONWORKS channel by means of a high-quality removable connector. It is f ully compatible with link powered channels. The U20 USB network interface is connected to a PL-20 C band power line (ANSI/CEA-709.2) LONWORKS channel by means of a plug-in coupling circuit/power supply. The PCLTA-21 PC network adapter is a powerful LONWORKS interface for PC. It was developed for use in LONWORKS control networks that need a PC for network monitoring, administration and diagnostics. The PCLTA-21 adapter is ideal for applications in industrial control units, building automation and process control. The PCLTA-21 adapter has an integrated twisted-pair transceiver, a downloadable memory, an interface for network administration and plug-and-play capability with Microsoft Windows 98/2000 and Windows XP. * * * * * * High network throughput and performance Sturdy design, removable plugs Plug-and-play driver for Windows 2000, XP and Server 2003 Compatible with LNS(R) and OpenLDVTM based applications Compatible with LonScannerTM protocol analyzer CE marking, UL and cUL listed, TUV certification Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.4 x 18.2 x 113.2 mm Operating temperature range 0 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +85 C P/N 110214 110215 Color Feature 1 TP/FT-10 channel PL-20 Channel Feature 2 EAN 4250184120728 4250184120735 * Universal 32-bit PCI adapter card for LONWORKS(R) networks for PC with 3.3 V or 5 V PCI * Plug-and-play capability with Microsoft(R) Windows(R) 98/2000 and Windows XP * Firmware can be downloaded from the manufacturer's website * FT 3150(R) free topology smart transceiver, RS-485, TPT/ XF-78 or TPT/XF-1250 transceiver * The LNS(R) network service interface (NSI) supports LNS applications * CE marking, UL and cUL listed Dimensions (W x D) 98 x 132 mm Operating temperature range 0 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -45 C to +85 C P/N 110054 Color Feature 1 FT-10 Feature 2 PCI Interface EAN 4250184120148 LON I/Os | Interface/Adapter 63 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter The PCC-10 network adapter is a powerful LONWORKS interface for personal computers equipped with a type II PC card (previously PCMCIA) and a compatible operating system. It was developed for use in LONWORKS control networks that need a PC for network monitoring, administration and diagnostics. The PCC-10 adapter is ideal for applications in industrial control units, building automation and process control. The PCC-10 adapter has an integrated FTT-10A twisted-pair transceiver, a downloadable memory, an interface for network administration and plug-and-play capability with Microsoft Windows 95/98/2000 and Windows NT. * Type II PC card for LONWORKS(R) networks * Plug-and-play capability with Microsoft(R) Windows(R) 95/98/2000 and Windows NT(R) * Downloadable firmware allows updating without accessing or modifying the hardware * Integrated FTT-10A transceiver, external transceiver pods for TPT/XF-78 and TPT/XF-1250 transceiver * The LNS network service interface (NSI) supports LNS applications * CE marking, UL and cUL listed * Network driver for Windows 95/98/2000 and Windows NT available Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 5 x 85.6 mm Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +65 C P/N 110050 110051 Color Feature 1 PC Card cable set Feature 2 EAN 4250184120100 4250184120117 I/O components 1 CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output digital 64 I/O components Matching accessory for FDE 4 CAN Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for FRAS 4/21 CAN Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 FDE 4 CAN FRAS 4/21 CAN CAN module with 4 digital inputs, which can be operated as contact or voltage inputs. It is suitable for detecting switch states, for example, of electrical limit switches on vent valves or auxiliary contacts of power contactors. The fieldbus module is an input module for universal use. It is controlled by means of the CAN bus. The module is addressed by means of an adjustable address, and the input states are transmitted in data bytes. If there is one (or more) relay output module(s) with the same address in the system, the respective outputs are switched. CAN module with 4 digital outputs. It is suitable for switching electrical components, for example motors, contactors, lamps, louvers, etc. With strong inductive loads, we recommend protecting the relay contacts additionally with an RC element. The fieldbus module is an input module for universal use. It is controlled by means of the CAN bus. The module is addressed by means of an adjustable address. Data bytes transmit whether data are queried or commands are executed. If there is a digital input module with the same address in the system, t he module can be operated by remote control. Protocol CAN Protocol CAN Addressing range 00 to 99 Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface (c)CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus) Bus interface (c)CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 63 mA (AC) / 21 mA (DC) Current consumption 205 mA (AC) / 67 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Recovery time 550 ms Inputs 4 x digital Output / contacts Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC 4 x changeover contacts (4 DPST) Input / resolution 10 mV / (0 % to 100%) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Input / error approx. +/- 100 mV Output / continuous current 5 A / output Display Green, red and yellow LED Output / total current max. 12 A / all outputs Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 83 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 75 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Weight 104 g Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram P/N 1105751319 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block EAN 4250184122548 P/N 1105701321 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184122517 CAN-Bus I/Os | Input/Output analog 65 1 Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 Matching accessory for FAA 4 CAN Power supply NG4 HS Page 141 HUB DC 141 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 Terminal block Type 259 142 FAE 4 CAN FAA 4 CAN CAN module with 4 temperature and 4 voltage inputs. It is s uitable for recording temperatures with Ni1000 or PT1000 sensors and voltages of, for example, electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The fieldbus module is an input module for universal use. It is controlled by means of the CAN bus. The module is addressed by means of an adjustable address, and the input states are transmitted in data bytes. If t here is one (or more) analog output module(s) with the same address in the system, the voltage measured there is issued at the respective output. Each input can be adjusted either from 0 to 10 V DC, to Ni1000 (-50 C to +150 C), PT1000 (-50 C to +150 C) or PT1000 (0 C to +400 C) by means of a DIP switch. CAN module with 4 analog outputs. It is suitable as encoder for control variables, for example for electrical vent and mixing valves, valve positions, etc. The fieldbus module is an output module for universal use. It is controlled by means of the CAN bus. The module is addressed by means of an adjustable address, and the output states are transmitted in data bytes. If there is an analog input module with the same address in the system, the voltage measured there is issued at the respective output. Protocol Addressing range Bus interface (c)CiA standard Transmission rate Operating voltage range Current consumption Relative duty cycle Recovery time Inputs Input / voltage Input / resolution Input / error Input / temperature range Input / temperature range Input / temperature range Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram P/N 1105741306 Color green Feature 1 CAN 00 to 99 2.0B passive (two-wire bus) 20 to 500 kBit/s 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) 67 mA (AC) / 24 mA (DC) 100 % 550 ms 4 x analog 0 V to 10 V DC 10 mV / (0 % to 100%) approx. +/- 20 mV Ni1000, -50 to +150 C PT1000, -50 to +150 C PT1000, 0 to +400 C Green and red LED 35 x 70 x 65 mm 84 g -5 C to +55 C -20 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Protocol CAN Addressing range 00 to 99 Bus interface (c)CiA standard 2.0B passive (two-wire bus) Transmission rate 20 to 500 kBit/s Operating voltage range 20 V to 28 V AC/DC (SELV) Current consumption 90 mA (AC) / 32 mA (DC) Relative duty cycle 100 % Recovery time 550 ms Outputs 4 x analog Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 5 mA at 10 V DC Output / resolution 10 mV / digit Output / switching voltage +/- 1% Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 84 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram Feature 2 EAN 4250184122531 P/N 1105731302 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184122524 I/O components Matching accessory for FAE 4 CAN I/O components 66 M-Bus I/Os | Digital/analog inputs S0/M Converter T/M Converter 4-channel impulse counter for counting impulses that are generated by energy counters via reed contacts or passive transistor outputs (open collectors) in proportion to the energy measured. Impulses of any potential-free contacts can be recorded for counting, for example, events up to a frequency of 15 Hz. The impulses generated by the energy counters are recorded by means of a standardized current interface to DIN EN 62053- 31 class A. The 4-channel impulse counter occupies a clear M-Bus address specified by the manufacturer. Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Temperature converter to connect up to four different resistance temperature sensors in dual cable technology with a r esolution in 0.1 K. The addressing of the four temperature sensors is done via four M-Bus addresses according to M-Bus standard DIN EN-1434-3. The temperature is directly converted in the device. The temperature converter occupies four clear M-Bus addresses specified by the manufacturer. Per channel, one of nine preset temperature characteristics can be selected or alternatively the direct resistance value is transmitted. The cable length adjustment is done via the key assigned to the temperature input. The factory setting is: -30 C to + 130 C / PT1000 Suitable for decentralized mounting in serial sub-distributor. Protocol M-Bus Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 300 Bd to 9600 Bd Operating voltage 24 V DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA DC Inputs 4 x S0 to DIN EN 62053-31 Class A Display LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm Weight approx. 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Selectable characteristics sensor -30 C to + 130 C PT100, PT500, PT1000, Ni100, Ni1000, NTC1k8, NTC10k, NTC20k, KTY10 0 C to + 400 C PT100, PT1000 resistance value index = 1 (all sensors) Protocol M-Bus Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 300 Bd to 9600 Bd Operating voltage 24 V DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA DC Inputs 4 x S0 to DIN EN 62053-31 Class A Display LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm Weight approx. 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram P/N 110556 Color gray Feature 1 Wiring/Principle diagram Feature 2 EAN 4250184122432 P/N 110562 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184122487 M-bus I/Os | Digital/analog inputs 67 T/M Konverter-IP65 Temperature converter with an IP65 housing to connect up to four different resistance temperature sensors in dual cable technology with a resolution in 0.1 K. The addressing of the four temperature sensors is done via four M-Bus addresses according to M-Bus standard DIN EN-1434-3. The temperature is directly converted in the device. The temperature converter occupies four clear M-Bus addresses specified by the manufacturer. Per channel, one of nine preset temperature characteristics can be selected or alternatively the direct resistance value is transmitted. The cable length adjustment is done via the key assigned to the temperature input. The factory setting is: -30 C to + 130 C / PT1000 Selectable characteristics sensor -30 C to + 130 C PT100, PT500, PT1000, Ni100, Ni1000, NTC1k8, NTC10k, NTC20k, KTY10 0 C to + 400 C PT100, PT1000 resistance value index = 1 (all sensors) Protocol M-Bus Bus interface Two-wire bus Transmission rate 300 Bd to 9600 Bd Operating voltage 24 V DC (SELV) Current consumption 50 mA DC Inputs 4 x S0 to DIN EN 62053-31 Class A Display LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 159 x 41,5 x 120 mm Weight approx. 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP65 terminal block P/N 110562IP Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184179061 I/O components 1 I/O components 68 Notes Contents | Switches 69 METZ CONNECT - your partner for building automation 2 As one of the leading suppliers of I/O bus modules, we and our partners have set up a cooperation structure addressing the challenges implied in modern building automation and that - thanks to its innovations - counts among the best on the market - to the advantage of our investors, planners, fitters and operators. Through the products from our partners Echelon and Moxa, METZ CONNECT offers system components such as routers and switches that you will need to set up and to operate networks. This includes, as a matter of fact, also competent advice on how to plan, install and operate networks. Switches 1 Packing Details 70 2 Industry switch 71 Switches | Packing details 70 Industry switch | Ethernet Switches Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 71 110195 1 pcs 135 x 178 x 37 mm PU gross weight 267 g 71 110196 1 pcs 210 x 150 x 75 mm 373 g 71 11019601 1 pcs 210 x 150 x 75 mm 370 g Industry switch | Ethernet 71 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 5 Port MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port The industrial Ethernet switch EDS205 is an entry-level switch supporting IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x with 10/100M, full/half duplex, MDI/MDIX auto-sensing. Switches of the EDS205 series can be easily and conveniently mounted on and dismounted from a standard top hat rail. The industrial Ethernet switch EDS208 is an entry-level switch supporting IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x with 10/100M, full/half duplex, MDI/MDIX auto-sensing. Switches of the EDS208 series can be easily and conveniently mounted on and dismounted from a standard top hat rail. Variants: EDS208: 8 x 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45 EDS208-M-SC: 7 x 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45 1 x 100BaseFX multi-mode SC connector * * * * * * * 5 ports with 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45 Supports IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x Power supply: DC 12 to 48 V, AC 18 to 30 V Mounting on standard top hat rail Powerful network switch technology Protected against broadcast storm Store and forward switching mode Dimensions (W x H x D) 25 x 109 x 88 mm Operating temperature range -10 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP30 P/N 110195 Color gray Feature 1 5 Port RJ45 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120537 * 8 ports with 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45 or 7 ports with 10/100BaseT(X) RJ45 and 1 port100BaseFX multi-mode SC connector * Supports IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x * Powerful network switch technology * Protected against broadcast storm * Supports IEEE 802.3/802.3u/802.3x * Store and forward switching mode Operating voltage DC 12 to 48 V Operating voltage AC 18 to 30 V Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 109 x 95 mm Operating temperature range -10 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP30 P/N 110196 Color gray Feature 1 8 Port RJ45 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120544 11019601 gray 7 Port RJ45 1 Port SC MM 4250184151685 Switches 2 Switches 72 Notes Contents | Control cabinet components 73 3 Control cabinet components 1 Packing Details 76 2 Measuring and monitoring relays 78 3 Interface modules 90 4 Electronic timer relays 126 74 Relays for measuring and monitoring purposes Monitoring relays are used to protect people and machines and to control electrical cycles in line with the electrical or physicals parameters and, according to the low voltage directives certain individual applications have to be equipped with these relays. The range of products from METZ CONNECT offers a broad spectrum of measuring and monitoring relays suited for a multitude of applications: current monitors for universal applications, phase monitors as protection against destruction/ deterioration of system parts, phase sequence relays to monitor the rotating field, asymmetric relays for a safe detection of phase failures, multifunctional 3-phase monitors, level relays for fill level monitoring. Interface modules We offer interface modules and/or sensor/actuatorinterface modules with change-over contacts, make contacts, with break contacts and make contacts, with switches and optocoupler; potential distribution blocks; diode modules; lamp test modules; threshold switches; voltage value transformers; analogous-to-digital-converters; signalling modules and potential separators. Interface engineering stands for the separation, conversion, processing, transformation and adaptation of signals from all areas of control and automation engineering. By its housing shapes for DIN-rails METZ CONNECT offers solutions to almost every application. In many applications the signals must be separated by additional features (e. g. measuring transducers, speed monitors and others). A common system, however, will also accumulate a share of (analogous) signals, for which the operator wants to have "only" a floating separation before the signals will be used by an SPS. The range of products from METZ CONNECT comprises compact pluggable 14-pin industrial relays of a supply voltage of 24 V DC, 24 V AC and 230 V AC with 2 and 4 changeover contacts. The cadmium-free contact material is optionally made of a silver or of a gold alloy. The mounting tabs are shaped as soldering tags so that they can also be wired in classical fashion. The position will either be indicated mechanically or visually via LED. A manual test key allows for floating circuit tests. METZ CONNECT is offering 11-pin rugged power relays for industrial applications. These relays are available for the following supply voltages: 24 V DC, 24 V AC and 230 V AC with 3 changeover contacts. The isolating parts are made of self-extinguishing plastics. The relays are equipped with manual switch, mechanical position indication device and with LED display. This product line is completed by plug-in sockets with screwed connection for common 11-pin and 14-pin industrial relays. All metal parts are largely protected against contact. 75 Switching, controlling, visualizing - Electronic time relays This range of products includes time relays with multiple functions and adjustable time ranges as well as relays with specific functions such as switch-on delay, switch-off delay, delayed on pulse, flashing, clocking and star-delta-relays. Switch-on delay Once the operating voltage is applied, the set time constant tv will start and as soon as this has completed the output relay will energize. It will only fall back once the operating voltage is no longer applied. When the voltage is interrupted during the processing of such a time, the time constant will restart once the device is switched on again and will take the recovery time tw into account. Delayed on pulse Once the operating voltage is applied, the output relay will energize without delay and will fall back once the interval time tv has elapsed. The operating voltage must as a minimum exceed the length of the interval time. In case that this is interrupted prior to the end of the interval time, the relay will immediately fall back. This function will only be repeated as soon as the operating voltage will be applied again and in doing so the recovery time tw must be taken into account. Switch-off delay The operating voltage will have to be applied continuously. Only once the floating control contact has been closed, the output relay will energize without delay. Once the control contact has been opened, the set time constant tv will start to run and the relay will fall back as soon as this time constant has elapsed. Delayed off pulse The operating voltage will have to be applied continuously. Once the floating control contact is closed, the output relay will stay in rest position. Only once the control contact has been opened, the set interval time will start to run and the relay will fall back as soon as this interval time has elapsed. This interval function can only be repeated once the control contact has been closed and opened again (the recovery time must be taken into account). Flashing starting pause Once the operating voltage is applied, the output relay will stay in its rest position for the length of the set pause time tp and will then excite for the length of the pulse on time ti. This process will be repeated until the operating voltage will no longer be applied. Flashing pulse starting Once the operating voltage is applied, the output relay will excite for the duration of the set pulse on time ti and will then fall back for the duration of the pause time tp. This process will be repeated until the operating voltage will no longer be applied. Functional diagram Functional diagram Functional diagram Functional diagram Functional diagram Functional diagram Control cabinet components | Packing details 76 Measuring and monitoring relays | Fan timer relay Page P/N Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight PU PU measures (W*H*L) 78 11028313 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 236 g 100 11061925 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 391 g 78 1102830530 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 256 g 100 11061905 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 406 g 101 11060913 10 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 119 g 101 11050425 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g 102 11050410 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g 102 11050405 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g 102 11050725 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g 103 11050705 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 466 g 103 11050710 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 554 g 103 11051025 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 591 g 104 11051005 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 588 g 104 11051010 10 pcs 170 x 85 x 75 mm 594 g Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring Control cabinet components Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) PU gross weight 79 1101500522 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 174 g 79 1101501322 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 91 g 80 110149 1 pcs plastic bag 106 g 80 110146 1 pcs plastic bag 291 g 81 110151 1 pcs plastic bag 129 g 81 895604 1 pcs plastic bag 87 g Measuring and monitoring relays | Motor protection - v-belt monitoring Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 82 1102810520 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm PU gross weight 323 g 82 110281052013 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 325 g 82 11031505 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 350 g 82 1103150522 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 350 g 82 1103151322 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 251 g 83 11031605 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 309 g 83 1103160522 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 344 g 83 1103161322 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 231 g Measuring and monitoring relays | Level monitoring Page P/N PU gross weight Page P/N PU gross weight Interface modules | Semi-Conductor Coupling Modules Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 105 1106302517 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm PU gross weight 287 g 105 1106312518 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 302 g Interface modules | Analog data encoder Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 106 110730 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm PU gross weight 106 110731 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 63 g 107 110660 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 215 g 107 110659 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 225 g 62 g Interface modules | Potential distributor PU PU measures (W*H*L) 84 11030805 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 351 g 84 11030810 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 357 g 84 110324 1 pcs plastic bag 120 g Interface modules | Motor control (two-stage + three-stage) 85 110329 1 pcs plastic bag 131 g Page P/N 85 11032901 1 pcs plastic bag 131 g Measuring and monitoring relays | Phase monitoring Page P/N 108 110720 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm PU gross weight 63 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 109 110668132722 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm PU gross weight 359 g 109 110676132722 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 381 g Interface modules | Annunciator modules PU PU measures (W*H*L) 86 110292032215 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 241 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 86 110270 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 150 g 110 11051813 5 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 147 g 87 110271 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 112 g 110 110518 5 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 152 g Measuring and monitoring relays | Selective protection 110 110520 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 115 g 111 110280 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 582 g Page P/N 88 11015605 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm PU gross weight Page P/N PU gross weight 193 g Measuring and monitoring relays | Current/Voltage Monitoring Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm PU gross weight 214 g 89 11027210 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 213 g 89 11027405 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 211 g Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules PU gross weight PU gross weight Interface modules | Threshold control Page P/N 89 11027205 Page P/N Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 112 110661 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm PU gross weight 245 g 112 110655 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 236 g 113 110667 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 286 g 113 110666 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 302 g 114 110673 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 329 g 114 110672 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 353 g 115 110665 5 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 354 g 115 11043413 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 112 g PU PU measures (W*H*L) 90 11070013 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 71 g 90 11070613 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 72 g 91 11070813 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 74 g 91 11071013 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 74 g 92 11070213 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 68 g 92 11070713 10 pcs 117 x 90 x 75 mm 69 g 93 11065013 10 pcs 125 x 66 x 42 mm 261 g 93 11061313 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 326 g 94 11061325 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 324 g 94 11061305 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 343 g 95 11061613 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 349 g 95 11061605 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 363 g Interface modules | Diode modules 96 11061713 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 352 g Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 96 11061705 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 364 g 118 110639 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 331 g 97 11061513 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 383 g 118 110641 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 362 g 97 11061550 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 378 g 119 110640 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 363 g 97 11061525 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 373 g 119 110629 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 199 g 98 11061505 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 389 g 120 110628 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 199 g 98 11061213 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 415 g 99 11064513 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 435 g 99 11061913 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 393 g 99 11061950 10 pcs 117 x 62 x 71 mm 393 g Interface modules | Potential separator Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 116 110501 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 116 11050108 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 89 g 116 110502 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 166 g 116 11050208 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 165 g 89 g Interface modules | AD/DA converter Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 117 110656 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 77 g 117 11043513 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 95 g PU gross weight Interface modules | Pulse shaper Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 121 11027613 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm PU gross weight 104 g 121 11027605 1 pcs 75 x 40 x 80 mm 189 g Control cabinet components | Packing details 77 Interface modules | Industrial relays PU PU measures (W*H*L) 122 110016051307 20 pcs 295 x 240 x 40 mm PU gross weight 1668 g 122 110016101307 20 pcs 295 x 240 x 40 mm 1668 g 122 110016251307 20 pcs 295 x 240 x 40 mm 1668 g 122 110015051206 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 684 g 122 110015101206 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 654 g 122 110015251206 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 686 g 123 110015051406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 706 g 123 110015101406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 670 g 123 110015251406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 724 g 123 110015271406 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 686 g 123 110015051408 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 706 g 123 110015101408 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 663 g 123 110015251408 20 pcs 160 x 120 x 50 mm 698 g 124 110117 10 pcs 145 x 130 x 50 mm 554 g 124 110175 10 pcs 160 x 150 x 70 mm 632 g 125 110178 10 pcs 155 x 155 x 50 mm 555 g Electronic timer relays | Multi-time Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 126 110657 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm PU gross weight 137 g 126 1106574133 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 140 g 127 110658 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 139 g 127 110658412014 2 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 155 g 127 110310412230 1 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 138 g 127 110310412231 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 254 g 128 110295412030 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 203 g 128 110352412003 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 198 g 128 110352412004 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g 128 110352412005 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g 128 110352412006 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 199 g 128 110352412008 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 198 g 129 110304412003 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g 129 110304412004 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g 129 110304412005 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g 129 110304412008 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g 129 110304412011 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 201 g 129 110296412002 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g 129 110296412003 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g 129 110296412004 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g 129 110296412009 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 200 g 130 11067441203030 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 69 g 130 11067441203031 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 69 g 130 11067441203130 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 69 g 130 11067441203131 1 pcs 65 x 24 x 74 mm 70 g Electronic timer relays | Fixed time Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 131 110354412016 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm PU gross weight 195 g 131 110355412016 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 202 g Electronic timer relays | Star-delta Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 132 11016141280417 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm PU gross weight 226 g 132 11016141280517 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 226 g 132 11016005270317 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 218 g 132 11016005270417 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 218 g 132 11016005270517 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 224 g 132 11016013270317 2 pcs 76 x 46 x 118 mm 218 g 3 Control cabinet components Page P/N Control cabinet components 78 Measuring and monitoring relays | Fan timer relay LTRk-E12 The fan timer relay was designed especially for controlling two-level motors. Response and switch-off delay can be adjusted separately and infinitely. A two-level switch is used for activation. The motor contactors are activated by two m utually blocking outputs. Mode of operation: * 1. If you directly select level 2, level 1 is first activated for the adjusted start-up time so that the fan can accelerate to nominal speed. Then level 2 is activated. * 2. When switching from level 2 back to level 1 or switching off, a switch-off delay is activated allowing the fan to run down before level 1 is activated. * 3. If level 1 has been activated for minimum the adjusted start-up time, it is immediately switched to level 2. When switching from level 1 to 2, the interruption may be max. 250 ms. If this time is exceeded, the procedure is as described under point 1. Operating voltage AC 230 V AC Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Recovery time approx. 20 ms Output / voltage Operating voltage Output / max. current 6 A AC1 / 1.5 A AC3 Response time for level 1 0 ms Response time for level 2 approx. 30 ms Start-up delay adjustable time of up to 30 s Switch-off delay adjustable time of up to 60 s Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 150 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11028313 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC 1102830530 green 230 V AC Feature 2 EAN 4250184121060 4250184121053 Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring 79 Matching accessory for DRIW-E16 | 230 V Page 80 Mounting bracket HWR 80 Mounting bracket HWF 81 3 Matching accessory for DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC Page Two-wire Sensor (5 ... 60 V D C) 80 Mounting bracket HWR 80 Mounting bracket HWF 81 DRIW-E16 | 230 V DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC The speed and V-belt monitor is used for monitoring the r otary movement (insufficient speed) of motor and V-belt driven shafts. Inductive proximity switches are used for capturing the speed. Pulses are generated by the sensor without contact by means of driven control cams, toothed w heels, segmented discs, metal signal flags or similar. The relay is activated when the operating voltage is applied. After start-up bridging has finished, the monitoring function is started on t he E1 and E2 terminals by means of the power contactor of the drive. When the drive speed falls below the switch-off speed, the relay is deactivated. The fault message of the speed or V-belt monitor is reset by means of the reset function and by switching off the operating voltage. The speed and V-belt monitor is used for monitoring the r otary movement (insufficient speed) of motor and V-belt driven shafts. Inductive proximity switches are used for capturing the speed. Pulses are generated by the sensor without contact by means of driven control cams, toothed w heels, segmented discs, metal signal flags or similar. The relay is activated when the operating voltage is applied. After start-up bridging has finished, the monitoring function is started on the E1 and E2 terminals by means of the power contactor of t he drive. When the drive speed falls below the switch-off speed, the relay is deactivated. The fault message of the speed or V-belt monitor is reset by means of the reset function und by switching off the operating voltage. Operating voltage 230 V AC Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Recovery time 400 ms Recovery time 400 ms Type of monitoring Low speed Type of monitoring Low speed Max. monitoring range 4200 pulses/min Max. monitoring range 4200 pulses/min Switch-off range 120 pulses/min Switch-off range 120 pulses/min Sensor input Two-wire Sensor input Two-wire Start-up bridging 60 s Start-up bridging 60 s Outputs 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Outputs 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / current 6A Output / current 6A Output / total current 8 A / across all contacts Output / total current 8 A / across all contacts Display Green and red LED Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Weight 70 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring Wiring P/N 1101500522 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 EAN 4250184120292 P/N 1101501322 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 EAN 4250184120308 Control cabinet components Two-wire Sensor (5 ... 60 V D C) Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring 80 Control cabinet components Two-wire sensor is matching accessory for DRIW-E16 | 230 V AC Page 79 DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 79 Mounting bracket HWR is matching accessory for DRIW-E16 | 230 V AC Page 79 DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 79 Matching accessory for Mounting bracket HWR Page Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm 81 Two-wire sensor Mounting bracket HWR The sensor consists of a cylindrical nickel-plated metal body with M18 thread and 2 thin nuts. The cable output is located at the rear. Laterally, there is a yellow LED lighted in an attenuated state. The oscillator creates a high-frequency electro-magnetic field emerging at the front of the sensor. It generates a field over the active area, which is called active pulse zone. When an electrically conductive material enters the field, it takes energy from the oscillator. This attenuates the oscillations so that they stop completely or partially. When the conductive material is removed from the active zone, the oscillator can again oscillate with its full amplitude. These two states can be evaluated electronically by the DRIW-E16. To fasten sensors with max. diameters of 18 mm. For universal mounting. An auxiliary cam for shafts with diameters of up to 45 mm is included in the delivery. * * * * * The sensor has the following main components: 1. Oscillator (LC resonator) 2. Demodulator 3. Bistable amplifier 4. Amplifier Principle diagram Wiring P/N 110149 Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120285 P/N 110146 Color silver Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120278 Measuring and monitoring relays | Speed Monitoring 81 Matching accessory for Mounting bracket HWF Page 3 81 Mounting bracket HWF is matching accessory for DRIW-E16 | 230 V AC Page 79 DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 79 Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm is m atching accessory for Mounting bracket HWR Page 80 Mounting bracket HWF 81 Mounting bracket HWF Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm To fasten sensors with max. diameters of 18 mm. Ideal for fastening on flat irons. An auxiliary cam for shafts with diameters of up to 45 mm is included in the delivery. Auxiliary cam for shafts with diameters up to 80 mm. P/N 110151 P/N 895604 Color silver Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120315 Color silver Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184119272 Control cabinet components Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm Measuring and monitoring relays | Motor protection - v-belt monitoring 82 Matching accessory for CPW-E12 Page Current Converter TAmini 148 50/5 A Control cabinet components Current Converter TAmini 148 100/5 A CPW-E12 TMR-E12 without error memory The cosPhi monitor is used for detecting underload. The response value and the response time can be adjusted. It can a lso be used in combination with a frequency converter (frequency: 2 to 200 Hz). Monitoring is accomplished by recognizing the phase shift between current and voltage. This phase angle varies depending on the motor load. The functions can be adjusted by means of bridges S1 - S2 - S3 S1 - S2 open = relay deactivated with underload S1 - S2 bridged = relay activated with underload S1 - S3 open = with fault memory S1 - S3 bridged = without fault memory The module can be unblocked remotely by means of a closing contact on S1 - S3. If there is a fault memory (no bridge over S1-S3), the fault message is active until it is acknowledged or the supply voltage is interrupted. The thermistor relay is used as protection relay for motors against thermal overload (inadmissible heating). This heating might be caused by mechanical overload on the shaft or when operating the motor with inadmissible voltages. A PTC thermistor is used as sensor. It should be mounted to the part of the motor that heats most in case of overload (e.g. integrated in motor winding). The device can also be used for motors with integrated thermo switch. Variants: 230 V AC or 24 V AC/DC 1 or 2 changeover contacts (1 or 2 DPST) Operating voltage 230 V AC Frequency range 2 to 200 Hz Input / motor voltage 230 V AC / 400 V AC Input / current min. 0.2 A / max. 10 A Input / cosPhi response value 0 to 0.97, adjustable Input / response time 1 to 100 s, adjustable Output 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC Output / continuous current max. 4 A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 170 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring Operating voltage AC 230 V AC Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Start-up delay 100 ms Input / thermistor voltage 12 V Input / thermistor current 1 mA Input / switch-on resistance 1.8 kOhm Input / switch-off resistance 3.0 kOhm, +/- 5% Output / contact 1 (SPST) or 2 (DPST) changeover contacts Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 4A Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 150 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring P/N 1102810520 Color green 110281052013 green Feature 1 measuring range measuring range Feature 2 1 - 10 A EAN 4250184121039 P/N 11031505 Color green 0.2 - 2.5 A 4250184121046 1103150522 green 1103151322 green Feature 1 230 V AC, 1 DPST 230 V AC, 2 DPST 24 V AC/DC, 2 DPST Feature 2 EAN w/o error memory 4250184118688 w/o error memory 4250184121282 w/o error memory 4250184118664 Measuring and monitoring relays | Motor protection - v-belt monitoring 83 TMR-E12 with error memory The thermistor relay is used as protection relay for motors against thermal overload (inadmissible heating). This heating might be caused by mechanical overload on the shaft or when operating the motor with inadmissible voltages. A PTC thermistor is used as sensor. It should be mounted to the part of the motor that heats most in case of overload (e.g. integrated in motor winding). The device can also be used for motors with integrated thermo switch. Integrated fault memory with reset key at the front. Variants: 230 V AC or 24 V AC/DC 1 or 2 changeover contacts (1 or 2 DPST) Operating voltage AC 230 V AC Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Start-up delay 10 ms Input / thermistor voltage 12 V Input / thermistor current 1 mA Input / switch-on resistance 1.8 kOhm Input / switch-off resistance 3.0 kOhm, +/- 5% Output / contact 1 (SPST) or 2 (DPST) changeover contacts Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 4A Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 150 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring P/N 11031605 Color green 1103160522 green 1103161322 green Feature 1 230 V AC, 1 DPST 230 V AC, 2 DPST 24 V AC/DC, 2 DPST Feature 2 EAN with error m emory 4250184118671 with error m emory 4250184121299 with error m emory 4250184118695 Control cabinet components 3 Measuring and monitoring relays | Level monitoring 84 Matching accessory for ENW-E12 Control cabinet components Page Submersible Electrode TE1 84 Leakage sensor LKS1 85 Leakage sensor LKS1 brown 85 Submersible Electrode TE1 is matching accessory for ENW-E12 | 230 V AC ENW-E12 | 24 V AC Page 84 84 ENW-E12 Submersible Electrode TE1 The level sensor monitors filling levels or leakage of all conductive, noncombustible media. The trigger can be adjusted by means of a proportional potentiometer. As monitor, the device works with an electrode (EO) and the ground connection (EM), e.g. for minimum and maximum levels, to protect submersible pumps from overflowing or running dry. If the surface of the fluid is subject to disturbance, we recommend another electrode (EU). As two-level controller, the device controls pumps or valves for automatically filling and emptying containers by means of the EO and EU electrodes and the EM ground connection. A container wall, being conductive to the medium, can also be used as ground connection. Variants: 230 V AC or 24 V AC One-pole submersible electrode made of stainless steel in plastic housing. To monitor filling levels of conductive liquids. To be connected to the level sensor ENW-E12 P/N 110308xx. Contents of the packaging: 1 submersible electrode, 1 sleeve, 1 s train relief Connecting cable Submersible electrode High-alloy steel Material number 1.4104 (C12CrMoS12) Dimensions (diameter x length) 23 mm x 130 mm Operating voltage Response sensitivity Input Input / electrode voltage Output / contact 230 V AC / 24 V AC 5 to 50 kOhm, adjustable up to 3 electrodes 12 V 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / total current 8 A / across all contacts Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles Switching frequency 600 cycles/h Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 300 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring P/N 11030805 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC 11030810 green 24 V AC Feature 2 EAN 4250184121244 4250184121251 P/N 110324 Color silver Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121329 Measuring and monitoring relays | Level monitoring 85 Leakage sensor LKS1 is matching accessory for Page 84 ENW-E12 | 24 V AC 84 3 Leakage sensor LKS1 Leakage sensors are connected to level sensors, such as ENW- E12 (P/N 110308xx), to detect conductive liquids, for example, when a pipe bursts. If an electrically conductive liquid (e.g. water) comes between the two electrodes, an electrical connection is produced, which triggers an alarm in the connected level sensor ENW-E12. Variants: Gray or brown Connecting cable 2 x 0.75 mm Cable length 2m Electrode Stainless steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 44 x 16 x 29 mm Mounting Mounting with 1 screw Dimensional drawing P/N 110329 Color gray 11032901 brown Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121367 4250184118855 Control cabinet components ENW-E12 | 230 V AC Control cabinet components 86 Measuring and monitoring relays | Phase monitoring PFD2-E12 ASD-C18 The monitoring relay monitors the correct phase sequence L1-L2-L3 (direction of rotation to the right) and complete failures of individual phase voltages. The phase voltages to be monitored are connected to the terminals L1-L2-L3; the t erminals 11, 14 or 21, 24 of the relay output contacts are connected ahead of the field coil of the motor relay. If the phase sequence is correct, the output relay is activated (green LED is on). In case of total failure of a phase, the output relay returns to its neutral position (green LED is off). A special supply voltage is not required for the monitoring relay. Only connect the device to N if the three phases to be monitored are connected to N over an electric circuit (e.g. temperature monitoring or similar). Monitoring relay for monitoring asymmetry, phase failure, phase sequence errors, overvoltage and undervoltage of a three-phase connection. With external fault acknowledgement. Operating voltage 400 V AC Current consumption 20 mA Response delay 5s Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage max. 250 V Output / continuous current max. 6 A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 120 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C * * * * Adjustable response delay Adjustable asymmetry Selectable fault memory 7-segment display Operating voltage 230 V AC / 50 Hz Current consumption less than 15 mA Response delay 0.1 to 9.9 s, adjustable Asymmetry 5% to 20%, adjustable Switching hysteresis 20 % Monitoring voltage 3 x 230/400 V AC, 50 Hz Output contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Max. continuous current 8A Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1.5 x 105 switching cycles Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm Weight 200 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram A1 15 25 A1 L1 L2 L3 A2 S1 S2 16 18 26 28 P/N 110292032215 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184118176 L1 P/N 110270 L2 15 16 18 S1 S2 L3 25 26 28 A2 A1-A2 operating voltage L1-L2-L3 phase monitoring 15-16-18 / 25-26-28 2 changeover contacts S1-S2 external acknowledgement potential free! Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120940 Measuring and monitoring relays | Phase monitoring 87 DUW-C12 Undervoltage monitor in three-phase mains (each phase against neutral) with fixed threshold value, fixed hysteresis and integrated testing key. It has been developed especially for emergency lighting to DIN VDE 0108. The device can also be used for monitoring an individual phase. All unoccupied inputs have to be connected to the connected phase. If there is an inverse voltage due to the consumer, which exceeds the adjusted threshold value, there is not any fault message. OK message: Relay is activated (contacts 11-14 and 21-24 closed), LED is off. Fault message: Relay is deactivated (contacts 11-14 and 21-24 open), LED is on. Key pressed: Relay is being deactivated (contacts 11-14 and 21-24 open), LED lights up. Operating voltage Tolerance Consumption Recovery time Dropout voltage Trigger delay Threshold value Hysteresis Output 3N 400/230 V, 50 Hz -30 % to +10 % 16 VA (1.7 W) less than 300 ms less than 85 % approx. 100 ms 195 V AC, fixed approx. 5 %, fixed 2 changeover contacts (DPST), potential-free Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC/DC Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 110 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Principle diagram P/N 110271 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120964 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 88 Measuring and monitoring relays | Selective protection FSB-E12 Medium protection module for protecting leads and cables in t elecommunication, regulating and control systems. Disturbances caused by interference due to atmospheric conditions and discharges (thunderstorms) or interference from power supply lines and switching processes in the system itself can be limited to a value below 300 V using the FSB-E12. To meet highest requirements, a staggered protection consisting of gas-filled discharger and varistor connected indirectly in parallel has been selected. The discharger is used for coarse protection, the varistor for medium protection. * Coarse protection * Medium protection Operating voltage 230 V AC Operating current 3A Leakage current max. 8/20 s 5 kA Response time 100 ns Transmission frequency 20 kHz, 50 Ohm Back-up fuse 3A Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11015605 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120322 Measuring and monitoring relays | Current/Voltage Monitoring 89 Matching accessory for EIW-C18 Page Current Converter TAmini 148 50/5 A 3 EIW-C18 EUW-C18 Monitoring of direct or alternating currents in live systems. It is displayed whether the adjusted values are exceeded or not reached, and a switching process is triggered. The integrated 7-segment display indicates the sources of the fault. The current to be measured (AC or DC), an upper and a lower threshold value, a response delay and the fault memory (ON or OFF) can be adjusted manually on the device. The two current measuring ranges can be selected by means of the terminal blocks. Faults can be acknowledged directly on the device or by means of an external contact. Variants: 230 V AC or 24 V AC Monitoring of direct or alternating voltages in live systems. It is displayed whether the adjusted values are exceeded or not reached, and a switching process is triggered. The integrated 7-segment display indicates the sources of the fault. The voltage to be measured (AC or DC), two measuring ranges, an upper and a lower threshold value, a response delay and the fault memory (ON or OFF) can be adjusted manually on the device. Faults can be acknowledged directly on the device or by means of an external contact. Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz Operating voltage 24 V AC Current consumption max. 15 mA Current measuring input B1 - B3 0.01 A to 1 A Current measuring input B2 - B3 0.1 A to 15 A Response delay 0.1 to 9.9 s, adjustable Output 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current max. 8 A Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display / error Two 7-segment displays Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm Weight 200 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz Current consumption max. 15 mA Voltage measuring input B1 - B3 10 V to 300 V Voltage measuring input B2 - B3 1 V to 100 V Response delay 0.1 to 9.9 s, adjustable Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current max. 8 A Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display / error Two 7-segment displays Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 68 x 65 mm Weight 200 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring Wiring P/N 11027205 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC 11027210 green 24 V AC Feature 2 EAN 4250184120971 4250184120988 P/N 11027405 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120995 Control cabinet components Current Converter TAmini 148 100/5 A Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 90 Matching accessory for KRA-F8/21 Control cabinet components Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 Labeling plate 149 Matching accessory for KRA-S-F8/21 KRA-M8/21-21 Page 100 Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 Labeling plate 149 KRA-F8/21 KRA-S-F8/21 Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. * * * * * * * * Connection with spring-clamp terminal Additional terminals for jumper Test contacts for each terminal Safe separation Connection with spring-clamp terminal Additional terminals for jumper Test contacts for each terminal Safe separation Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage (AC/DC) Current consumption approx. 13 mA Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC approx. 13 mA Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgSnO2 Output / contact material AgSnO2 Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 8A Output / continuous current 8A Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h Response time approx. 10 ms Response time approx. 10 ms Release time approx. 5 ms Release time approx. 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm - 2.5 mm Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 2 2 24 V AC/DC Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Display Green LED Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Weight 43 g Weight 43 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection of the housing IP20 Ingress protection IP20 Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11070013 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184123071 P/N 11070613 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184123095 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 91 Matching accessory for KRA-SR-F10/21 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 Labeling plate 149 3 Control cabinet components Matching accessory for KRA-SRA-F10/21 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 KRA-SR-F10/21 KRA-SRA-F10/21 Labeling plate 149 Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. * * * * * * * * Connection with spring-clamp terminal Additional terminals for jumper Test contacts for each terminal Safe separation Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Connection with spring-clamp terminal Additional terminals for jumper Test contacts for each terminal Safe separation Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC approx. 13 mA Current consumption approx. 13 mA Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Outputs / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgSnO2 Output / contact material AgSnO2 Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 8A Output / continuous current 8A Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Response time approx. 10 ms Response time approx. 10 ms Release time approx. 5 ms Release time approx. 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm - 2.5 mm Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 2 2 Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Display Green LED Display Green, red and yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Weight 43 g Weight 43 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Ingress protection of the housing IP20 Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram A2 S B1 B2 YE A1 A3 A1 ON 0 OFF AUTO A3 12 14 250 V AC 8 A 2000 VA RD GN 11 A1 P/N 11070813 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184123118 P/N 11071013 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184123132 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 92 Matching accessory for KRA-F10/21-21 Control cabinet components Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 Labeling plate 149 Matching accessory for KRA-S-F10/21-21 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 KRA-F10/21-21 KRA-S-F10/21-21 Labeling plate 149 Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with spring-clamp terminal * Additional terminals for jumper * Test contacts for each terminal * Connection with spring-clamp terminal * Additional terminals for jumper * Test contacts for each terminal Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage (AC/DC) Current consumption approx. 13 mA Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC approx. 13 mA Outputs / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgSnO2 Output / contact material AgPdAu Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 2A Output / continuous current 2A Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 300 cycles/h Response time approx. 10 ms Response time approx. 10 ms Release time approx. 5 ms Release time approx. 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 24 V AC/DC Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Display Green LED Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Weight 43 g Weight 43 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection of the housing IP20 Ingress protection IP20 Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11070213 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184123088 P/N 11070713 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184123101 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 93 Matching accessory for KRA-M4/1 LC Page 150 Labeling plate white 151 3 Matching accessory for KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-M4/1 LC KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Safe separation * * * * Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA Output / contact 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 6A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 10 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit Safe separation Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption approx. 13 mA Output / contact 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 6A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Red LED Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Dimensions (W x H x D) 12.2 x 61.4 x 26.2 mm Display Red LED Weight 40 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C 5 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11065013 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Wiring/Circuit diagram Feature 2 1 SPST-NO EAN 4250184122845 P/N 11061313 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 SPST-NO EAN 4250184122593 Control cabinet components Connecting bridge, 10 pole Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 94 Matching accessory for KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC Control cabinet components Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Labeling plate white 151 Matching accessory for KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. * * * * * * * * Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit Safe separation Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit Safe separation Operating voltage 24 V DC Operating voltage 230 V AC Current consumption approx. 13 mA Current consumption approx. 5 mA Output / contact 1 normally open contact Output / contact 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) (SPST-NO) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm Weight 45 g Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11061325 Color green Feature 1 24 V DC Feature 2 1 SPST-NO EAN 4250184122609 P/N 11061305 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 1 SPST-NO EAN 4250184122586 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 95 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC Page 150 Labeling plate white 151 3 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 230 V AC Current consumption 20 mA Current consumption 5 mA Output / contacts 2 normally open contacts Output / contacts 2 normally open contacts (DPST-NO) (DPST-NO) Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Response time 10 ms Release time 15 ms Release time 15 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11061613 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 2 SPST-NO EAN 4250184122678 P/N 11061605 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 2 SPST-NO EAN 4250184122661 Control cabinet components Connecting bridge, 10 pole Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 96 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC Control cabinet components Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Labeling plate white 151 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 230 V AC Current consumption 20 mA Current consumption 5 mA Output / contacts 1 normally open contact Output / contacts 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) Output / contacts (SPST-NO) 1 normally closed contact Output / contacts 1 normally closed contact (SPST-NC) (SPST-NC) Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Response time 10 ms Release time AC 15 ms Release time AC 15 ms Release time DC 5 ms Release time DC 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 2 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11061713 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 SPST-NO, 1 SPST-NC EAN 4250184122692 P/N 11061705 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 1 SPST-NO, 1 SPST-NC EAN 4250184122685 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 97 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC Page 150 Labeling plate white 151 3 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. * * * * * * * * Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit Safe separation Operating voltage 12 V or 24 V AC/DC Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit Safe separation Operating voltage 24 V DC Power consumption: 12 V AC/DC 20 mA Current consumption 13 mA Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 10 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block 7 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11061513 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122630 11061550 green 12 V AC/DC 1 DPST 4250184122654 P/N 11061525 Color green Feature 1 24 V DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122647 Control cabinet components Connecting bridge, 10 pole Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 98 Matching accessory for KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC Control cabinet components Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Labeling plate white 151 Matching accessory for KRA-S-M6/21 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC KRA-S-M6/21 Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * * * * * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit Safe separation Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 230 V AC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA Current consumption 5 mA Output / contacts Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11061505 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Wiring/Circuit diagram Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122623 P/N 11061213 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122579 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 99 Matching accessory for KRA-SR-M8/21 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Labeling plate white 151 3 Control cabinet components Matching accessory for KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 KRA-SR-M8/21 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC Labeling plate white 151 Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to secure electrical isolation between logic and load. * * * * * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit Connection with screw-type terminals Closed compact series Integrated protective circuit with manual control level Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 13 mA Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 6A Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching frequency 600 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Operating voltage 12 V or 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 20 mA Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Release time AC 15 ms Release time DC 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram 12 V + 24 V AC/DC A1 12 14 22 24 A2 11 P/N 11064513 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122838 21 P/N 11061913 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122715 11061950 green 12 V AC/DC 2 DPST 4250184122739 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 100 Matching accessory for KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V D C Control cabinet components Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Labeling plate white 151 KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC is matching accessory for Page KRA-S-F8/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 90 KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC KRA-M8/21-21 | 230 V AC Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit * Connection with screw-type terminals * Closed compact series * Integrated protective circuit Operating voltage 24 V DC Operating voltage 230 V AC Current consumption 17 mA Current consumption 5 mA Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / contact material AgPd + 5 Au Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / continuous current 1.5 A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switch-on current 2A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Response time 10 ms Release time AC 15 ms Release time AC 15 ms Release time DC 5 ms Release time DC 5 ms Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 45 g Weight 45 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11061925 Color green Feature 1 24 V DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122722 P/N 11061905 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122708 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 101 KRA-S12/21-21-21 RM21 | 24 V DC Coupling devices are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Connection with screw-type terminals * Pluggable relay * With labeling field Operating voltage (AC/DC) 24 V AC/DC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 50 mA Output / contacts 3 changeover contacts (3PST) Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 17 mA Output / contact material AgNi Output / contacts Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / continuous current 6A Output / contact material AgNi 90/10 Output / switch-on current 8A Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / continuous current 12 A Response time 10 ms Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 2 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 10 switching cycles Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 95 g Weight 140 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C 5 2 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11060913 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Wiring/Circuit diagram Feature 2 3 SPST EAN 4250184122555 P/N 11050425 Color black Feature 1 24 V DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184153306 Control cabinet components 3 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 102 Control cabinet components Matching accessory for RM21-21 | 24 V DC RC Module 230 V AC Page 152 RC Module 24 V AC 152 RM21 | AC RM21-21 | 24 V DC Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Pluggable relay * With labeling field * Connection with screw-type terminals * Pluggable relay * With labeling field * Variants: 24 V AC or 230 V AC Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 17 mA Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgNi 90/10 Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 8A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Operating voltage AC 24 V or 230 V AC Current consumption 24 V AC 32 mA Current consumption 230 V AC 3.3 mA Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi 90/10 Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 12 A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 10 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED 7 Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11050410 Color black Feature 1 24 V AC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184153290 11050405 black 230 V AC 1 DPST 4250184153283 P/N 11050725 Color black Feature 1 24 V DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122272 Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 103 Matching accessory for RM21-21 | AC Page 152 RC Module 24 V AC 152 3 Matching accessory for RM3-2W | 24 V DC RC Module 230 V AC Page 152 RC Module 24 V AC 152 RM21-21 | AC RM3-2W | 24 V DC Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Pluggable relay * With labeling field * Connection with screw-type terminals * Pluggable relay * With labeling field Operating voltage AC 24 V or 230 V AC Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 24 V AC 32 mA Current consumption 17 mA Current consumption 230 V AC 3.3 mA Output / contacts Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi 90/10 Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 8A Output / continuous current 8A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 5 x 10 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm Weight 95 g Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C 6 Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11050705 Color black Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122258 11050710 black 24 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122265 P/N 11051025 Color black Feature 1 24 V DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122333 Control cabinet components RC Module 230 V AC Interface modules | Electromechanic Coupling Modules 104 Control cabinet components Matching accessory for RM3-2W | AC RC Module 230 V AC Page 152 RC Module 24 V AC 152 RM3-2W | AC Relay modules are used to electrical isolation between logic and load. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Pluggable relay * With labeling field Operating voltage AC 24 V or 230 V AC Current consumption 24 V AC 32 mA Current consumption 230 V AC 3.3 mA Output / contacts 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 8A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 5 x 106 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 106 switching cycles Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.5 x 75 x 65 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11051005 Color black Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184122319 11051010 black 24 V AC 2 DPST 4250184122326 Interface modules | Semi-Conductor Coupling Modules 105 KRE-M4/1 DC KRE-M4/1 AC Transistor couplers are used for switching DC loads. Triac couplers are used for switching AC loads. * Connection with screw-type terminals * Protective diode * Connection with screw-type terminals * Zero point switch * RC element Input / operating voltage 24 V DC Input / power consumption 10 mA Input / operating voltage 24 V DC Output / switching voltage 4 to 48 V DC Input / power consumption 10 mA Output / continuous current 0.8 A Output / switching voltage 26 to 250 V AC Output / current pulse 2A/1s Output / continuous current 0.8 A Cross-section 2.5 mm Output / current pulse 2A/1s Display Green LED Cross-section 2.5 mm Display Green LED Control cabinet components 3 Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm Weight 35 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 43 mm Operating temperature range 0 C to +50 C Weight 35 g Storage temperature range -10 C to +70 C Operating temperature range 0 C to +50 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Storage temperature range -10 C to +70 C Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 1106302517 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block EAN 4250184122777 P/N 1106312518 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184122784 Interface modules | Analog data encoder 106 Matching accessory for KMA-F8 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 Control cabinet components Labeling plate for KMA-F8 150 Matching accessory for KMAi-F8 Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 149 Labeling plate for KMA-F8 150 KMA-F8 KMAi-F8 The analog encoder is used as encoder for manual control variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions, temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in three modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated three- level switches (ON, OFF, automatic). The switch position is signalized by external control contact terminals B1 and B2. The control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front. The output signal 0 to 10 V is available on the Y terminal. If the switch is in "AUTO" position, the control variable is looped through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change. The analog encoder KMAi-F8 is used as encoder for manual control variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions, temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in three modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated three- level switches (ON, OFF, automatic). The switch position is signalized by external control contact terminals B1 and B2. The control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front. The output signal 0 to 20mA is available on the Y terminal. If the switch is in "AUTO" position, the control variable is looped through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change. * Setpoint device * Manual control level with checkback * LED brightness proportional to control variable * Setpoint device * Manual control level with checkback * LED brightness proportional to control variable Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Input / power consumption AC 30 mA Input / power consumption AC 30 mA Input / power consumption DC 19 mA Input / power consumption DC 19 mA Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / voltage 0 V to 20 mA DC Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / voltage 0 V to 20 mA DC Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Weight 43 g Weight 43 g Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110730 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 0 - 10 V EAN 4250184123224 P/N 110731 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 0 - 20 mA EAN 4250184123231 Interface modules | Analog data encoder 107 KMA-E08 KMAi-E08 The analog encoder is used as encoder for manual control variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions, temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in two modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated two- level switches (manual, automatic). The switch position is signalized by external control contact terminals S1 and S2. The control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front. The output signal 0 to 10 V is available on the Y terminal. If the switch is in "AUTO" position, the control variable is looped through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change. The analog encoder is used as encoder for manual control variable definition, e.g. mixing valves, valve positions, temperature values, etc. The module can be operated in two modes, which can be commuted by means of integrated two- level switches (manual, automatic). The switch position is signalized by external control contact terminals S1 and S2. The control variable can be set on the potentiometer at the front. The output signal 0 to 20 mA is available on the Y terminal. The control variable is looped through over the YR terminal to the Y output without change. * Setpoint device * Manual control level with checkback * LED brightness proportional to control variable * Setpoint device * Manual control level with checkback * LED brightness proportional to control variable Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Input / operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Input / power consumption AC 24 mA Input / power consumption AC 50 mA Input / power consumption DC 19 mA Input / power consumption DC 30 mA Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC Output / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Output / current 0 V to 20 mA DC Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110660 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 0 - 10 V EAN 4250184122937 P/N 110659 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 0 - 20 mA EAN 4250184122920 Control cabinet components 3 Interface modules | Potential distributor 108 Matching accessory for PV10 F10 Control cabinet components Labeling plate Page 149 PV10 F10 The potential distributor distributes the potential of up to 10 lines on the top hat rail. * Potential distributor * Connection with spring-clamp terminal * Test contacts for each terminal Operating voltage 250 V AC/DC Total current 16 A AC/DC Solid wire cross-section 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire without end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 88 x 60 mm Weight 30 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110720 Color green Feature 1 250 V AC/DC Feature 2 EAN 4250184123187 Interface modules | Motor control (two-stage + three-stage) 109 KRZ-E08 HR KRZ-E08/HR2 The coupling module is designed for two-level motor control. The coupling module is designed for three-point motor control. * Interlocked relays * Manual control level * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage * Interlocked relays * Manual control level * Connection with screw-type terminals 24 V AC/DC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 30 mA Operating voltage Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 30 mA 24 V AC/DC Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage Output / continuous current Output / contacts 1 changeover contact (SPST) 250 V AC/DC Output / contact material AgNi 4A Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / switch-on current 6A Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / switch-on current 6A Response time 20 ms Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Release time AC/DC 20 ms Response time 20 ms Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Release time AC/DC 20 ms Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display 2 red LEDs Display 2 2 red LEDs Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Weight 70 g Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Wiring Wiring P/N 110668132722 Color green Feature 1 switchover Feature 2 0-1-2 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block EAN 4250184122982 P/N 110676132722 Color green Feature 1 switchover Feature 2 1-0-2 EAN 4250184123057 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 110 Interface modules | Annunciator modules SMM-E16 STM-C12 The annunciator module can indicate to 10 incoming m essages by means of a relay. The relay is activated as soon as a voltage is applied to min. one of the 10 inputs. The supply voltage has to be applied continuously to the terminals L1 - N. Several modules with the same voltage can be grouped over the input/ output "S". As soon as one relay of the modules is activated, all other relays of the modules operated in parallel are activated. When a fault message is applied, an alarm signal, a flashing signal and a horn relay are activated. The horn relay can be switched off by means of the incorporated pushbutton or an externally applied signal. An active alarm signal is shown as long as it is applied. * Cascade connection of the devices possible * 10 signal inputs * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC/DC Power consumption: 24 V AC/DC 20 mA Power consumption: 230 V AC/DC 20 mA Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Response time 10 ms Release time 5 ms Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 10 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C 5 2 * Acknowledgeable horn output * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC/DC Current consumption less than 60 mA Output / contact 3 relay outputs Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 11051813 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122388 110518 green 230 V AC 1 DPST 4250184122371 P/N 110520 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184122395 Interface modules | Annunciator modules 111 LTM-E16 The lamp test module combines several functions in one module (individual and collective messages and lamp test). The incoming fault messages are applied to the inputs (1, 3, 5, 7, 9 , 11, 13). The signal lamps are connected to the outputs (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14). When there is a message at an input, the b elonging signal lamp lights up. At the same time, a signal is transmitted to the SA output. When a signal is applied to the SE input, all signal lamps light up without a signal being transmitted to the SA output. Please do not use it for 230 V LEDs! (capacitor power supply units) * * * * For 7 lamps Output for collective message Input for lamp test Connection with screw-type terminals Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC Input / cut-off voltage 1000 V Input / cut-off current 30 A at 75 C Input / forward current 1A Total current through all diodes max. 3.5 A Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 100 g Operating temperature range -20 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110280 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121022 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 112 Interface modules | Threshold control KRS-E06 - manual control KRS-E06 The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. * With manual control level * Connection with screw-type terminals * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA Threshold voltage 3.0 V DC Threshold voltage 3.0 V DC Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Yellow LED Display Yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 17.5 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 17.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110661 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 2.5 V off 3 V on with manual control Wiring/Circuit diagram EAN 4250184122944 P/N 110655 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 2.5 V off 3 V on w/o manual control EAN 4250184122852 Interface modules | Threshold control 113 KRS-E08 HR KRS-E08 HRP The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. * With manual control level * Connection with screw-type terminals * With manual control level * Adjustable switch-on voltage and hysteresis * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V DC 16 mA Current consumption 24 V AC 80 mA Threshold voltage 3.0 V DC Current consumption 24 V DC 20 mA Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC Adjustable threshold voltage 1 to 10 V DC Output / voltage 250 V AC Adjustable hysteresis 5 to 75 % Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Switch-off voltage 2.5 V DC Output / contact material AgNi Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / continuous current 6A Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / contact material AgNi Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Output / continuous current 6A Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Display Yellow LED Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110667 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 2.5 V off 3 V on 1 DPST Wiring/Circuit diagram EAN 4250184122975 P/N 110666 Color green Feature 1 selectable Feature 2 1 DPST EAN 4250184122968 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 114 Interface modules | Threshold control KRS-E08 3 KRS1-E08 HR3 The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The module is designed for a two-level control by means of an analog 0 to 10 V DC control signal. The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The module is designed for a two-level control by means of an analog 0 to 10 V DC control signal. * * * * * * * * * Control signal 0 V DC = Level 1 active Control signal 5 V DC = No level is active (OFF) Control signal 10 V DC = Level 2 active Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V AC 100 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 35 mA Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 10 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Yellow and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Control signal 0 V DC = No level is active (OFF) Control signal 5 V DC = Level 1 active Control signal 10 V DC = Level 1 and Level 2 active With manual control level Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V AC 100 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 35 mA Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / contact 2 levels with 0 position Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Yellow and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110673 Color green 7 Feature 1 2.5 V, 7 V off Feature 2 3 V, 7.5 V on Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block EAN 4250184123002 P/N 110672 Color green Feature 1 2.5 V, 7 V off Feature 2 3 V, 7.5 V on EAN 4250184122999 Interface modules | Threshold control 115 KRS-E08 HR3 KRS-C12 3VHR The threshold gate switches units, pumps, fans, burners, etc. As soon as the input voltage reaches the switching threshold, the relay is activated. When the input voltage falls below the switch-off threshold, the relay is released again. The module is designed for a two-level control by means of an analog 0 to 10 V DC control signal. The threshold gate was developed for three-level motor control. Three LEDs are integrated in the module for visually checking the switching state. * * * * * Control signal 0 V DC = Level 1 active Control signal 5 V DC = No level is active (OFF) Control signal 10 V DC = Level 2 active With manual control level Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V AC 100 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 35 mA Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Yellow and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C * * * * * Activation by just one analog input Manual control level with checkback Integrated timer relay 3 changeover contacts (3PST) with automatic locking Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Current consumption 24 V AC 60 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 22 mA Output / voltage 250 V AC Output / contact 3 changeover contacts (3PST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 4A Output / switching frequency 360 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Yellow LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm Weight 95 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110665 Color green Feature 1 2.5 V, 7 V off Wiring/Circuit diagram Feature 2 3 V, 7.5 V on EAN 4250184122951 P/N 11043413 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121978 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 116 Interface modules | Potential separator PT-C12 / PTi-C12 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 The potential divider is used for dividing analog signals in a range from 0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA. The input and output s ignals and the supply are mutually isolated. An input signal (0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA) can be applied optionally to the potential divider. Independently of the type of signal on the input, a voltage of 0 to 10 V DC or a current of 0 to 20 mA can be measured on the output proportionally to the input signal. In addition, a manual emergency operation level with checkback is integrated. A fix 10 V DC signal can be scanned for anti-frost or similar equipment. An external signal (0 to 10 V DC) can be applied to the LED control input Y. Without e xternal signal, the proportional output signal can be indicated by means of the integrated LED by connecting a bridge between Ua and Y. If a voltage signal is used on input and o utput, use PT-C12. If a current signal is used on input and output, use PTi-C12. The potential divider is used for dividing analog signals in a r ange from 0 to 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA. The input and output signals and the supply are mutually isolated. An input signal (0 t o 10 V DC or 0 to 20 mA) can be applied optionally to the potential divider. Independently of the type of signal on the input, a voltage of 0 to 10 V DC or a current of 0 to 20 mA can be measured on the output proportionally to the input signal. In addition, a manual emergency operation level with checkback is integrated. A fix 10 V DC signal can be scanned for anti-frost or similar equipment. If a voltage signal is used on input and output, use PT-C12,230. If a current signal is used on input and output, use PTi-C12,230. Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Test voltage / separation 1000 V DC Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC Output / fix voltage 10 V DC / 5 mA, fix Output / proportional voltage 0 to 10 V / max. 10 mA Output / proportional current 0 to 20 mA Output / current load max. 500 Ohm Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm Weight 78 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Operating voltage 230 V AC Test voltage / separation 1000 V DC Input / voltage 0 V to 10 V DC Input / current 0 V to 20 mA DC Output / fix voltage 10 V DC / 5 mA, fix Output / proportional voltage 0 to 10 V / max. 10 mA Output / proportional current 0 to 20 mA Output / current load max. 500 Ohm Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm Weight 78 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Principle diagram P/N 110501 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 voltage balanced EAN 4250184122173 P/N 110502 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 voltage balanced EAN 4250184122197 11050108 green 24 V AC/DC current balanced 4250184122180 11050208 green 230 V AC current balanced 4250184122203 Interface modules | AD/DA converter 117 KAD-C12 ADU-C12 The digital/analog converter is designed to convert contacts into an analog signal. The inputs are scanned in steps of 0.5 V. They can be connected to and scanned at a compact control with an analog input (0-10 V). The bridged inputs are signalized by means of LEDs. Example: S1 and S4 bridged corresponds to an output voltage of 4.5 V. The analog/digital converter ADU-C12 processes input v oltages from 0 to 7.5 V DC in 0.5 V steps. The digital outputs switch according to the applied input voltage. The outputs are updated every 1.5 seconds, and the switching state is signalized by means of an LED. * Switching states are indicated by means of LEDs * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage Current consumption 24 V AC Current consumption 24 V DC Input / voltage Input / scanning Output / voltage Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block 24 V AC/DC 60 mA 50 mA 0 to 10 V 0.5 V steps 0 V to 7.5 V DC Yellow LED 35 x 68 x 65 mm 30 g -10 C to +50 C -25 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Table of switching conditions Output V DC 0.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 2.5 V 3.0 V 3.5 V 4.0 V Inputs S 1 2 3 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 * Switching states are indicated by means of LEDs * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage Current consumption 24 V AC Current consumption 24 V DC Input / voltage Input / scanning Output / voltage Output / power consumption Display Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Ingress protection for housing / terminal block 24 V AC/DC 35 mA 16 mA 0 to 10 V 0.5 V steps up to 40 V AC/DC max. 100 mA / channel Green and yellow LED 35 x 68 x 65 mm 30 g -10 C to +50 C -25 C to +70 C IP40 / IP20 Table of switching conditions Output V DC 4.5 V 5.0 V 5.5 V 6.0 V 6.5 V 7.0 V 7.5 V >7.5 V Inputs S 1 2 3 4 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 S3 = 2.0 V S4 = 4.0 V Input V DC 0.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 2.5 V 3.0 V 3.5 V 4.0 V Outputs 1 2 3 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 Input V DC 4.5 V 5.0 V 5.5 V 6.0 V 6.5 V 7.0 V 7.5 V >7.5 V Outputs 1 2 3 4 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Value of the inputs S1 = 0.5 V S2 = 1.0 V Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110656 Color green Feature 1 4 x D/A converter Wiring/Circuit diagram Feature 2 0 - 7.5 V output EAN 4250184122869 P/N 11043513 Color green Feature 1 4 x A/D converter Feature 2 0 - 10 V input EAN 4250184121985 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 118 Interface modules | Diode modules KD-M8/4E KD-M8/7K The diode module is equipped with 4 individual diodes. The modules are used for inverse-polarity protection, decoupling a nd arc extinction. The diode module is equipped with 7 diodes. The cathodes of the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used for failure indication systems (collective fault message). * Individual circuit * Connection with screw-type terminals * Common cathode * Connection with screw-type terminals Cut-off voltage 1000 V Cut-off voltage 1000 V Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC Forward current 1A Forward current 1A Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 1.8 A Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 1.8 A Cut-off current 30 A at 75 C Cut-off current 30 A at 75 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 30 g Weight 20 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110639 Color green Feature 1 individual Feature 2 4 diodes EAN 4250184122807 P/N 110641 Color green Feature 1 common cathode Feature 2 7 diodes EAN 4250184122821 Interface modules | Diode modules 119 KD-M8/7A KD-S12/11K The diode module is equipped with 7 diodes. The anodes of the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used for failure indication systems (lamp tests). The diode module is equipped with 11 diodes. The anodes of the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used for failure indication systems (collective fault message). * Common anode * Connection with screw-type terminals * Common cathode * Connection with screw-type terminals Cut-off voltage 1000 V Cut-off voltage 1000 V Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC Forward current 1A Forward current 1A Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 1.8 A Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 3.2 A Cut-off current 30 A at 75 C Cut-off current 30 A at 75 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 11.2 x 60 x 60 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 20 g Weight 20 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110640 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 common anode 7 diodes EAN 4250184122814 P/N 110629 Color green Feature 1 common cathode Feature 2 11 diodes EAN 4250184122760 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 120 Interface modules | Diode modules KD-S12/11A The diode module is equipped with 11 diodes. The anodes of the diodes are all connected to each other. The module is used for failure indication systems (lamp tests). * Common anode * Connection with screw-type terminals Cut-off voltage 1000 V Input / voltage 250 V AC/DC Forward current 1A Forward voltage 1.1 V at 1 A Total current through all diodes greater than or equal to 3.2 A Cut-off current 30 A at 75 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 20 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110628 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 common anode 11 diodes EAN 4250184122753 Interface modules | Pulse shaper 121 RTM-C12 RTM-C12 230 V The timer relay is used for pulse prolongation. When the control contact is closed min. 5 ms, the relay is activated and releases after the adjusted pulse time has lapsed. Further control pulses during the pulse time do not have any effect. The timer relay is used for pulse prolongation. When the control contact is closed min. 5 ms, the relay is activated and releases after the adjusted pulse time has lapsed. Further control pulses during the pulse time do not have any effect. * Adjustable pulse length: 0.15 to 3 s * Connection with screw-type terminals * Adjustable pulse length: 0.15 to 3 s * Connection with screw-type terminals Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 230 V AC Current consumption less than or equal to 15 mA Current consumption less than or equal to 15 mA Continuous current 8A Continuous current 8A Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Response time 20 ms Response time 20 ms Release time 20 ms Release time 20 ms Recovery time greater than or equal to 20 ms Recovery time greater than or equal to 20 ms Minimum switch-on duration reater than or equal to 5 ms Minimum switch-on duration greater than or equal to 5 m s Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 65 mm Weight 160 g Weight 160 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram P/N 11027613 Color green Feature 1 24 V AC/DC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184121015 P/N 11027605 Color green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184121008 Control cabinet components 3 Interface modules | Industrial relays 122 Matching accessory for HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) Control cabinet components Socket 11 poles Page 124 Matching accessory for R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) Socket 14 poles Page 124 Socket 14 poles for electronic modules 125 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) Sturdy power relay for industrial use. Compact, pluggable relay for industrial use. * Internationally standardized 11-pole plug-in socket * Insulated parts made from self-extinguishing plastics * With manual test button * * * * Operating voltage 24 V AC, 24 V DC, 230 V AC Current consumption 24 V AC 145 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 65 mA Current consumption 230 V AC 12 mA Continuous current Output / contact Output / contact material AgSnO2 Output / switching capacity 2500 VA / 300 W Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display Red LED and mechanical Dimensions (W x H x D) 35.5 x 56 x 35.7 mm Weight 85 g Operating temperature range -40 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +70 C Socket pins as soldering lugs Mechanical switch position display With manual test button Cadmium-free contacts Operating voltage 24 V AC, 24 V DC, 230 V AC Current consumption 24 V AC 50 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 36.9 mA 10 A Current consumption 230 V AC 5.21 mA 3 changeover contacts (3PST) Continuous current 7A Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material Silver alloy Output / switching capacity 1540 VA / 210 W Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display LED and mechanical Dimensions (W x H x D) 21.5 x 35 x 28 mm Weight 37 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Wiring Wiring 42 44 41 A2- 12 14 11 A1+ P/N 110016051307 Color Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 3 SPST EAN 4250184118138 P/N 110015051206 110016101307 24 V AC 3 SPST 4250184118145 110016251307 24 V DC 3 SPST 4250184118152 Color Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 2 DPST EAN 4250184120001 110015101206 24 V AC 2 DPST 4250184120032 110015251206 24 V DC 2 DPST 4250184120063 Interface modules | Industrial relays 123 Matching accessory for R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) Socket 14 poles for electronic modules 125 Matching accessory for R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts Socket 14 poles Socket 14 poles for electronic modules Page 124 125 3 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) Compact, pluggable relay for industrial use. * * * * R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts Compact, pluggable relay for industrial use. Socket pins as soldering lugs Mechanical switch position display With manual test button Cadmium-free contacts Operating voltage AC 24 V AC, 230 V AC * * * * Operating voltage DC 12 V DC, 24 V DC Operating voltage 24 V AC, 24 V DC, 230 V AC Current consumption 12 V AC 75 mA Current consumption 24 V AC 50 mA Current consumption 24 V AC 50 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 36.9 mA Current consumption 24 V DC 36.9 mA Current consumption 230 V AC 5.21 mA Current consumption 230 V AC 5.21 mA Continuous current 5A Continuous current 5A Output / contact Output / contact 4 changeover contacts (4PST) 4 changeover contacts (4PST) Output / contact material Au Output / contact material Silver alloy Output / switching capacity 1100 VA / 150 W Output / switching capacity 1100 VA / 150 W Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Display LED and mechanical Display LED and mechanical Dimensions (W x H x D) 21.5 x 35 x 28 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 21.5 x 35 x 28 mm Weight 37 g Weight 37 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Wiring Socket pins as soldering lugs Mechanical switch position display With manual test button Cadmium-free contacts Wiring 42 44 41 32 34 22 12 A2- 42 44 41 31 32 34 31 24 21 22 24 21 14 11 12 14 11 A1+ P/N 110015051406 Color A2- A1+ Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 4 DPST EAN 4250184120025 P/N 110015051408 Color Feature 1 230 V AC 110015101406 24 V AC 4 DPST 4250184120049 110015101408 24 V AC 110015251406 24 V DC 4 DPST 4250184120070 110015251408 24 V DC 110015271406 12 V DC 4 DPST 4250184120087 Feature 2 4 DPST, gold plated 4 DPST, gold plated 4 DPST, gold plated EAN 4250184118206 4250184120056 4250184118190 Control cabinet components Socket 14 poles Page 124 Interface modules | Industrial relays 124 Socket 11 poles is matching accessory for Control cabinet components Page HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) | 230 V 122 AC HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) | 24 V AC 122 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) | 24 V DC 122 Matching accessories for Socket 14 poles 3-tiers Page Connecting bridge, 5 pole 152 Metal holding bracket 153 Holding bracket plastic for R274 154 Socket 11 poles Socket 14 poles 3-tiers 11-pole relay socket for commercially available industrial r elays with screw-type terminals. All metal parts are arranged under cover to protect them against contact. The relay socket matches HF10FH(JQX-10FH). 14-pole relay socket for commercially available industrial r elays with screw-type terminals. All metal parts are arranged under cover to protect them against contact. The relay socket matches R274. * Undecal plug-in socket * Integrated quick fastening for DIN rail * Cadmium-free contacts * * * * Application class HMF to DIN 40040 -25 C / +100 C / 75 % Ambient temperature +80 C Protection against contact VBG 4 Cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm Ampacity 10 A Operating voltage 300 V AC Isolation group C 250 to VDE 0110 Test voltage 3.5 kV eff. / 60 s Leakage resistance >1010 Creepage distance 4 mm to VDE 0110 Air gap 2.5 mm to VDE 0110 Creep resistance CTI 300 Nominal current 10 A Nominal voltage 300 V AC Electric strength Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 38.2 x 61.6 x 26 mm Weight 55 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Wiring P/N 110117 Optional bracket Integrated quick fastening for DIN rail Terminal designation to EN 50022 Separate input and output Coil / contact 4000 V / 50 Hz / 1min Isolation group VDE 0110b C250 Ambient temperature +70 C Protection against contact VBG 4 Solid wire cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 Stranded wire with end sleeve 2 x 1.5 mm2 Screw torque max. 0.8 Nm Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 27.2 x 75 x 61.2 mm Weight 63 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 Wiring Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120254 P/N 110175 Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184120414 Interface modules | Industrial relays Matching accessory for Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules RC Module 24 V AC 152 3 Connecting bridge, 5 pole 152 Metal holding bracket 153 Holding bracket plastic for R274 154 Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules is matching accessory for Page R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 230 V 122 AC R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V AC 122 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V DC 122 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 230 V 123 AC R274 | 4 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V AC R274 | 4 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 24 V DC R274 | 4 changeover contacts (2 DPST) | 12 V DC R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts | 230 V AC 123 123 123 Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules 14-pole relay socket for commercially available industrial r elays with screw-type terminals. All metal parts are arranged under cover to protect them against contact. The relay socket matches R274. Electronic modules, such as LED or RC modules, can be plugged in the socket optionally. * * * * Optional bracket Integrated quick fastening for DIN rail Terminal designation to EN 50022 Separate input and output Nominal current 10 A Nominal voltage 300 V AC Electric strength Coil / contact 4000 V / 50 Hz / 1min Isolation group VDE 0110b C250 Ambient temperature +70 C Protection against contact VBG 4 Solid wire cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm Stranded wire with end sleeve 2 x 1.5 mm Screw torque max. 0.8 Nm Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 27.2 x 75 x 61.2 mm Weight 56 g Operating temperature range 0 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Ingress protection IP20 123 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts | 24 V AC 123 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts | 24 V DC 123 Wiring P/N 110178 Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184118183 Control cabinet components RC Module 230 V AC Page 152 125 Control cabinet components 126 Electronic timer relays | Multi-time MARk-E08 MARk-E08 U Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. * * * * * * * * * * * Eight adjustable time ranges from 0.15 s to 10 h. Five selectable functions 1. On-delayed 2. Off-delayed 3. Making-pulse interval 4. Flashing for pause start 5. Flashing for pulse start Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Recovery time greater than 50 ms Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Eight adjustable time ranges from 0.15 s to 10 h. Two selectable functions 1. On-delayed 2. Off-delayed Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Recovery time greater than 50 ms Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram P/N 110657 Color green Feature 1 5 functions Wiring/Circuit diagram Feature 2 EAN 4250184122876 P/N 1106574133 Color green Feature 1 2 functions Feature 2 EAN with voltage input 4250184122890 Electronic timer relays | Multi-time 127 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F MFRk-E12 Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches to set functions. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Ten adjustable time ranges from 0.05 s to 30 h. Six selectable functions 1. On-delayed 2. Making-pulse interval 3. Off-delay 4. Breaking-pulse interval 5. Flashing for pause start 6. Flashing for pulse start Four adjustable time ranges for each device 0.15 to 800 s / 0.1 min to 10 h Six selectable functions 1. On-delayed 2. Making-pulse interval 3. Off-delay 4. Breaking-pulse interval 5. Flashing for pause start 6. Flashing for pulse start Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / continuous current 4A Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Recovery time MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles at 24 V AC 60 ms / 10 to 30 ms Recovery time at 24 VDC 50 ms / 10 to 30 ms greater than or equal to 250 ms at 230 V AC 100 ms / 10 to 30 ms Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 150 g Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Circuit diagram Wiring/Circuit diagram A1+ A3- A2 A2 15 16 18 B1 A1+ - A2 operating voltage 230 V AC A1+ - A3operating voltage 24 V AC/DC A1+ - B1 potential free control contact 15 - 16- 18 output contact 1 changeover Caution! Contact B1 is not isolated. P/N 110658 Color green 110658412014 green control contact for delay on break function only A1+ 15 B1 230 VAC 24V AC/DC A3- * t 18 A2 A2 16 * bridge at 24 V supply Feature 1 Feature 2 recovery time 50 - 100 ms tw recovery time 10 - 30 ms tw EAN 4250184122906 P/N 110310412230 Color green Feature 1 Time Ranges Feature 2 0.15 s - 800 s EAN 4250184121268 4250184122913 110310412231 green Time Ranges 0.1 min - 10 h 4250184121275 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 128 Electronic timer relays | Multi-time MZAk-E10 RTLk-E10 Multi-functional timer relay with incorporated coding switches to select time ranges. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. On-delayed timer relay with time setting. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. * Four adjustable time ranges from 0.15 to 800 s * On-delayed * On-delayed Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 2 changeover contacts (DPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Recovery time greater than or equal to 100 ms Recovery time greater than or equal to 100 ms Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 150 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 75 x 100 mm Weight 150 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Function diagram P/N 110295412030 Color green Feature 1 Wiring/Function diagram Feature 2 EAN 4250184121138 P/N 110352412003 Color green Feature 1 Time Ranges Feature 2 0.5 - 10 s EAN 4250184121398 110352412004 green Time Ranges 1.5 - 30 s 4250184121404 110352412005 green Time Ranges 3 - 60 s 4250184121411 110352412006 green Time Ranges 5 - 100 s 4250184121428 110352412008 green Time Ranges 15 - 300 s 4250184121435 Electronic timer relays | Multi-time 129 RKAk-E10 EWEk-E10 Off delayed timer relay with time setting. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. Wiping circuit-closing timer relay with time setting. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. * Off-delayed * Making-pulse interval * Adjustable interval time Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / contact material AgNi Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / continuous current 6A Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 1 x 107 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Green LED Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Display Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm Weight 150 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Weight 150 g Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block P/N 110304412003 Color green Feature 1 Time Ranges Feature 2 0.5 - 10 s EAN 4250184121190 P/N 110296412002 Color green Feature 1 Time Ranges Feature 2 0.15 - 3 s EAN 4250184121145 110304412004 green Time Ranges 1.5 - 30 s 4250184121206 110296412003 green Time Ranges 0.5 - 10 s 4250184121152 110304412005 green Time Ranges 3 - 60 s 4250184121213 110296412004 green Time Ranges 1.5 - 30 s 4250184121169 110304412008 green Time Ranges 15 - 300 s 4250184121220 110296412009 green Time Ranges 0.5 - 10 min 4250184121176 110304412011 green Time Ranges 3 - 60 min 4250184121237 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 130 Electronic timer relays | Multi-time TERk-E08 Clock generator with separately adjustable delay and pulse times. The time ranges can be programmed by means of the coding switches incorporated in the front. * Clock generating * Adjustable time ranges Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Recovery time greater than or equal to 50 ms Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 60 x 60 mm Weight 70 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Function diagram P/N Color 11067441203030 green Feature 1 Feature 2 tp 0.15 - 800 s ti 0.15 - 800 s EAN 4250184123019 11067441203031 green tp 0.15 - 800 s ti 0.1 min - 10h 4250184123026 11067441203130 green tp 0.1 min - 10 h ti 0.15 - 800 s 4250184123033 11067441203131 green tp 0.1 min - 10 h ti 0.1 min - 10h 4250184123040 Electronic timer relays | Fixed time 131 REWk-E10 RTBk-E10 Wiping circuit-closing timer relay with factory-set interval time of 0.5 s. Flashing relay with factory-set fixed pause/pulse time of 0.5 s each at a 1:1 ratio. Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Recovery time greater than or equal to 100 ms Recovery time greater than or equal to 100 ms Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 10 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Green and red LED Display Green and red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm Weight 150 g Weight 150 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C 5 Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram P/N 110354412016 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121459 P/N 110355412016 Color green Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121466 Control cabinet components 3 Control cabinet components 132 Electronic timer relays | Star-delta RSDw-E10 RSD-E10 Star-delta relay with adjustable switching time for switching three-phase motors. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. Star-delta relay with adjustable switching time for switching three-phase motors. The time is set by means of a linear potentiometer on a relative scale. * Star-delta relay * Fixed switching time of 50 ms * Star-delta relay * Fixed switching time of 50 ms Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Operating voltage 230 V AC / 24 V AC/DC Recovery time greater than or equal to 250 ms Recovery time greater than or equal to 250 ms Switching time 50 ms Switching time 50 ms Output / contact 1 changeover contact (SPST) Output / contact 2 normally open contacts Output / contact material AgNi Output / contact material AgNi Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / switching voltage 250 V Output / continuous current 6A Output / continuous current 6A Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Output / switching frequency 1200 cycles/h Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Mechanical endurance 3 x 107 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Electrical endurance 1 x 105 switching cycles Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Cross-section 2.5 mm2 Display Red LED Display Red LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 95 mm Weight 150 g Weight 150 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C (DPST-NO) Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Wiring/Function diagram Wiring/Function diagram P/N Color 11016141280417 green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 1.5 - 30 s EAN 4250184120384 P/N Color 11016005270317 green Feature 1 230 V AC Feature 2 0.5 - 10 s EAN 4250184120339 11016141280517 green 230 V AC 3 - 60 s 4250184120391 11016005270417 green 230 V AC 1.5 - 30 s 4250184120346 11016005270517 green 230 V AC 3 - 60 s 4250184120360 11016013270317 green 24 V AC/DC 0.5 - 10 s 4250184120377 Contents | Telecommunication products 133 Well-tried and functional Today's analogous telecommunication cablings must again and again be able to integrate additional devices such as telephones or more signalling devices. METZ CONNECT offers well-tried and functional solutions to these issues. Power switching relay to control additional signalling devices such as buzzers and flashing beacons with separate voltage supply in production and warehousing areas that are equipped with only one single central phone. They are controlled by the call signal of the phone line. Multiple Changeover Switches to connect 2 to 4 analogous phones to a teleconmunication connection. All connected phones will have equal access to the teleconmunication connection. Secondary call signaller to additionally signal acoustically and visually an incoming call at the telecommunication line. Telecommunication products 1 Packing Details 134 2 Power switching relay 135 3 Multiple Changeover Switches 136 4 Additional Equipment 137 Telecommunication products | Packing details 134 Power switching relay | DIN rail / surface mount Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 135 130283-I 10 pcs 228 x 170 x 80 mm PU gross weight 876 g 135 130284-I 10 pcs 228 x 170 x 80 mm 845 g 135 130280-I 10 pcs 195 x 170 x 68 mm 759 g Mutliple Changeover Switches | Automatic Changeover Switches Page P/N 136 130383-E PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs 145 x 83 x 31 mm PU gross weight 178 g Additional Equipment | Secondary call signaler Telecommunication products Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 137 130592-I 5 pcs 180 x 90 x 70 mm PU gross weight 327 g 137 130593-I 5 pcs 315 x 120 x 90 mm 375 g Power switching relay | DIN rail / surface mount 135 SAR 4 / SAR 5 SAR 1 The SAR4 and SAR5 can be connected to a telecommunications access line or separate control voltage s ource (AC/DC) and are activated by the call voltage or control voltage. The SAR reacts either only to the call voltage or to the control voltage. It activates an external signal emitter with its own or separate power supply (e.g. bell, horn, or lamp). The SAR 1 is connected to a telecommunications line and controlled by the call voltage. The SAR 1 only reacts to the call voltage, not to dialing pulses (IWV). It activates an external signal emitter with its own or separate power supply (e.g. bell, horn, or lamp) by means of a contact. The incorporated switch can be used to activate and deactivate external signals. Operating voltage SAR4 230 V AC / 50 Hz Operating voltage SAR5 DC 24 V DC / 10 mA Operating voltage SAR5 AC 24 V AC / 10 mA Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz 32 to 80 V AC Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz Output / switching current max. 8 A Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB Output / continuous current max. 6 A Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC Output / switching capacity 2000 VA (AC) Input / a/b telecommunications access line Input / call voltage Input / a/c external voltage Input / control voltage DC 5 to 40 V Input / control voltage AC 5 to 40 V, 50 Hz Input / resistance approx. 6 kOhm Output / switching current max. 8 A Output / continuous current max. 6 A Output / switching voltage max. 250 V AC Output / switching capacity 1500 VA (AC) 240 W (less than 30 V DC) 50 W (greater than 30 V DC) Electrical safety acc. to EN 60950 Dimensions (W x H x D) 65 x 80 x 32.5 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to + 55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to + 70 C 240 W (less than 30 V DC) 50 W (greater than 30 V DC) Call interval bridging 0 to 12 s Limitation of power-on time 0.25 to 12 s Electrical safety acc. to EN 60950 Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 68 x 60 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to + 55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to + 70 C Dimensional drawing/Circuit diagram P/N 130283-I Color Feature 1 light gray SAR 4 130284-I light gray SAR 5 Feature 2 Dimensional drawing EAN 4250184101703 4250184116660 P/N 130280-I Color pearl white Feature 1 Feature 2 Surface mount EAN 4250184101673 Telecommunication products 4 Telecommunication products 136 Mutliple Changeover Switches | Automatic Changeover Switches AMS 1/4 F AP Up to four terminals can be connected to the AMS 1/4 AP. All terminals have equal access to the access line when the AMS is in non-operative mode. When the access line is used by a terminal, all other terminals are automatically deactivated to prevent unwanted overhearing. Additional devices, such as answering machines, can be connected upstream to the connected terminals. * Protection against overvoltage and electromagnetic interference in the access line * Incoming calls are signaled at each phone * Suitable for main terminals and telephone systems * No additional mains connection required * Also for telephones with electronic hookswitch * Additional alarm clock can be connected to the first communication terminal via W-base on the terminal Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V Output / front 2 x TAE-F jacks Output / internal 2 x terminals Dimensions (W x H x D) 142 x 80 x 27 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to + 55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to + 70 C Wiring * connect E only together with a second alarm switchover element integrated integrated TAE TAE a2 b2 La Lb a1 b1 * E input output 1 output 2 nd st 1 phone 2 phone P/N 130383-E Color pure white Feature 1 AP 1/4 F a3 b3 output 3 rd 3 phone Feature 2 a4 b4 output 4 th 4 phone EAN 4250184101956 Additional Equipment | Secondary call signaler 137 TZG WK 955 AP TZG WK 955 UP The secondary call signaler allows additionally signalizing incoming calls by means of acoustic and optical signals. An incoming call is signalized simultaneously by the telephone and the secondary call signaler. The called persons are able to notice calls even if they are not close to the telephone. The secondary call signaler allows additionally signalizing incoming calls by means of acoustic and optical signals. An incoming call is signalized simultaneously by the telephone and the secondary call signaler. The called persons are able to notice calls even if they are not close to the telephone. * * * * * * * * * * Surface-mounted termination unit Adjustable sound intensity and clock frequency Three-sound call 95 dB Visual signal for incoming calls Audible signal can be deactivated if the telephone is plugged into a TAE jack Flush-mounted termination unit Adjustable sound intensity and clock frequency Three-sound call 95 dB Visual signal for incoming calls Audible signal can be deactivated if the telephone is plugged into a TAE jack Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC Input / call voltage 32 to 80 V AC Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz Input / frequency range 23 to 54 Hz Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz Input / impedance 10 kOhm at 75 V, 25 Hz Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB Input / insertion loss less than 0.5 dB Input / leakage resistance Output / internal more than 5 MOhm at 100 V TAE-F jack Input / leakage resistance more than 5 MOhm at 100 V Output / internal TAE-F jack Dimensions (W x H x D) 65 x 80 x 27 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 65 x 80 x 27 mm Operating temperature range -5 C to + 55 C Operating temperature range -5 C to + 55 C Storage temperature range -20 C to + 70 C Storage temperature range -20 C to + 70 C Dimensional drawing/Wiring Wiring TZG La Lb W P/N 130592-I Color pearl white Feature 1 Feature 2 Surface mount Integrated TAE TZG E b2 a2 Wb EAN 4250184102250 La Lb W P/N 130593-I Color pearl white Feature 1 Flush mount Feature 2 Integrated TAE E b2 a2 Wb EAN 4250184102267 Telecommunication products 4 Telecommunication products 138 Notes Contents | Accessories 139 Accessories and additional equipment for devices of the following ranges of products: Components/building automation * Power supply and switch-on devices * Jumper plug and terminal blocks * Module frames 3RU and label sheets Measuring and monitoring relays * Current converter Interface modules/industrial relays * Connecting bridges * Labeling plates Accessories 1 Packing Details 140 2 I/O components 141 3 Cabinet Doors/Panels 3RU 145 4 Current Converter 148 5 Interface modules 149 Accessories | Packing details 140 I/O components | Power supplies Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 141 110561 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm PU gross weight 129 g 141 110486 1 pcs 74 x 51 x 80 mm 120 g I/O components | Connection aids Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 142 31135104 300 pcs plastic bag PU gross weight 142 110369 10 pcs plastic bag 217 g 143 ASP0250404 250 pcs plastic bag 1173 g 690 g I/O components | Converter Page P/N 144 11080101 PU PU measures (W*H*L) 1 pcs plastic bag PU gross weight 80 g Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Subassembly frame Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 145 110361 1 pcs 455 x 235 x 55 mm PU gross weight 850 g 145 110362 1 pcs 310 x 235 x 90 mm 576 g 146 110365 10 pcs plastic bag 958 g Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Blind module / Labeling Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 147 110367 1 pcs 46 x 43 x 142 mm PU gross weight 46 g 147 891680 1 pcs plastic bag 63 g Current Converter | DIN rail mounting Accessories Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 148 1101810507 60 pcs 240 x 225 x 120 mm PU gross weight 9288 g 148 1101810508 30 pcs 240 x 225 x 120 mm 4518 g Interface modules | Coupling modules Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 149 110728 10 pcs plastic bag PU gross weight 36 g 149 110729 10 pcs plastic bag 29 g 150 110727 10 pcs plastic bag 36 g 150 850349-02 250 pcs plastic bag 1150 g 151 820234-01-9 10 pcs plastic bag 12 g 151 820165-2 10 pcs plastic bag 11 g Interface modules | Industrial sockets Page P/N PU PU measures (W*H*L) 152 11017905 10 pcs plastic bag PU gross weight 152 11017910 10 pcs plastic bag 33 g 152 850349-03 200 pcs plastic bag 790 g 153 820165-2 10 pcs plastic bag 11 g 153 817133 10 pcs plastic bag 14 g 154 110189 10 pcs plastic bag 47 g 29 g I/O components | Power supplies 141 Power supply NG4 HS is matching a ccessory for LON I/Os Page 44 CAN-Bus I/Os 64 HUB DC is matching accessory for HUB DC The NG4 power supply supplies regulated direct voltages for supplying power to the respective devices of the product family of I/O components. The device supplies regulated direct voltage 24 V DC at a power of 16 watts. A parallel operation of v arious power supply units is not allowed. The secondary voltage can only be tapped at the right side of the plug connector and at the screw-type terminals on the top of the module. The bus communication is looped through on both sides of the plug connectors. The HUB DC is used as DC ballast to operate C|Logline LON, Modbus and BACnet I/O modules to rectify and smooth 24 V AC (alternating voltage). It supplies at the output a smoothed direct voltage of about 33 V DC (with 24 V AC at the input). To c onvert the supply voltage of C|Logline LON, Modbus and BACnet modules from 24 V AC operation to DC operation (24 to 36 V DC) will reduce the thermal load in the I/O modules and extend the service life of the included components. The device is designed as half-wave rectifier with common earth p oint (input A2 = output 0 V) to be directly used in 24 VAC systems. Field of application I/O components Operating voltage 110 - 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz Internal fuse, soldered fuse T 1.0 A/250 V Output / power 16 W Output / voltage +24 V DC Output / current 700 mA Load and control accuracy +/-3 % Mains failure backup greater than 40 ms Display Green LED Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 70 x 65 mm Weight 108 g Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Area of application I/O modules Input voltage 20 to 28 V AC Output voltage less than 39 V DC Smoothing 4400 F / 63 V Display green LED Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 70 x 65 mm (1.4 x 2.8 x 2.6 in.) Weight 90 g Operating temperature range 23 F to 131 F (-5 C to +55 C) Storage temperature range -4 F to +158 F (-20 C to +70 C) Ingress protection for housing / IP40 / IP20 terminal block Type of protection Wiring/Principle diagram Wiring/Principle diagram +24V L N N1 N2 N1 N2 Color green Imax=2A +24V 24 V DC +24V GND GND GND N1 NET 1 N1 N2 NET 2 N2 1A N Feature 1 +24 V (green) IP40 / IP20 A1 A1 A2 A2 N1 N2 +24V A1 A2 + DC GND N1 N1 N2 N2 +DC +DC GND GND N1 N2 L L P/N 110561 N1 N2 N1 N2 L N Operating voltage 110 - 240 V AC 1A +24V Output voltage 24 V DC 0.7 A L housing / terminal blocks Accessories Power supply NG4 HS +24V 35 +24V Modbus I/Os +24V 27 T BACnet I/Os 5 T T T Ethernet I/Os Page 20 N N Feature 2 EAN with jumper plug 4250184122470 P/N 110486 Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184179764 I/O components | Connection aids 142 Jumper plug for I/O c omponents is matching a ccessory for Ethernet I/Os Page 20 BACnet I/Os 27 Modbus I/Os 35 LON I/Os 44 CAN-Bus I/Os 64 Terminal block for I/O components is matching accessory for Accessories Ethernet I/Os Page 20 BACnet I/Os 27 Modbus I/Os 35 LON I/Os 44 CAN-Bus I/Os 64 Jumper plug for I/O components Terminal block for I/O Components Jumper plug for quickly connecting I/O components without tools. The jumper plug connects bus and power supply of I/O modules mounted next to each other. Terminal block to feed bus and power supply of I/O components. * Pluggable, 4-pole * Grid dimension 3.5 mm * Black Rated voltage UL 150 V Rated voltage SEV 125 V AC/DC eff. Rated current max. 4 A Pin diameter 0.9 mm Pin material CuZn Upper temperature limit 125 C Lower temperature limit -30 C Dimensional drawing P/N 31135104 Color black * * * * Screw-type terminal block, solderable, 4-pole Grid dimension 3.5 mm, connection direction 90 Wire protection Black Rated voltage UL/CSA 300 V Rated current UL/CSA 10 A Conductor connection UL/CSA AWG 28 to AWG 16 Wire diameter SEV 0.2 mm to 1.38 mm Cross-section (solid wire) 1.5 mm Cross-section (finely stranded wire) 0.75 mm Insulation coordination to EN 60664-1 Minimum air gap and creepage min. 2.1 mm Overvoltage category III / III / II Degree of pollution 3 / 2 / 2 Rated voltage V 160 / 400 / 130 Rated surge voltage 2.5 / 4 / 2.5 Ingress protection to IEC 60529 IP00 Tightening torque SEV max. 0.15 Nm Stripping length min. 5 mm Dimensional drawing Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184151692 P/N 110369 Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121558 I/O components | Connection aids 143 Terminal block for door installation modules is matching accessory for EW-DIO4/2-IP65 Page 26 BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/ 27 TP BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet 32 MS/TP 5 MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU 35 MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus 43 RTU Terminal block for door installation modules Terminal block to feed bus and power supply of door installation modules. LF-DI10-IP65 LON 45 LF-DO4-IP65 LON 48 LF-AO4-IP65 LON 50 LF-DIO4/2-IP65 LON 51 Rated voltage UL/CSA 300 V LF-TI-IP65 LON 53 Rated current UL/CSA 8A LM1 LON 55 Conductor connection UL/CSA AWG 28 to AWG 16 LM2 LON 55 Rated voltage SEV 250 V Rated current SEV 10 A LS1 LON 56 Wire diameter SEV 0.32 mm to 1.38 mm LT1 LON 56 Cross-section (solid wire) 1.5 mm LT2 LON 57 Cross-section (finely stranded wire) 0.75 mm LT3 LON 57 LA1 LON 58 Insulation coordination to EN 60664-1 Minimum air gap and creepage min. 3.7 mm Overvoltage category III / III / II Degree of pollution 3 / 2 / 2 Rated voltage V 250 / 500 / 500 Rated surge voltage 2.5 / 4 / 2.5 Ingress protection to IEC 60529 IP20 Stripping length min. 4 mm * * * * Spring-clamp terminal block, pluggable, 4-pole Grid dimension 5.0 mm, connection direction 90 Sequencing possible without pole loss Gray Dimensional drawing P/N ASP0250404 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184151715 Accessories MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus 42 RTU 144 I/O components | Converter USB/RS485 Converter Accessories The USB to RS485 converter allows to connect devices with serial UART interface quickly and easily to USB. The transparent USB plug includes LEDs to view the Tx and Rx traffic on the cable. The other end of the cable consists of bare, tinned wires. Combined with our configuration software, the Modbus devices of the MR series can be connected and configured directly. The converter is USB and USB 2.0 full speed compatible and supports a data transfer rate up to 3 Mbps. The required USB-RS485 drivers are available to download for free from http://www.ftdichip.com. Cable end 1 USB plug, transparent Cable end 2 bare wires, tinned USB performance 2.0, full speed compatible RS485 acc. EIA/TIA 485 Cable length 5.905 ft (1.8 m) Data transfer rates 300 baud to 3 Mbaud Handshake X-On / X-Off (software) Visual indication Tx and Rx LED integrated in USB plug Weight 80 g Operating temperature range -40 C to +85 C Principle diagram P/N 11080101 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184158882 Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Subassembly frame 145 Matching accessory for Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch Page Mounting set for 19 inch 146 subassembly frames Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch is matching accessory for LM1 LON Page 55 LM2 LON 55 LS1 LON 56 LT1 LON 56 LT2 LON 57 LT3 LON 57 LA1 LON 58 5 Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch 19 inches subassembly frame for 10 door installation modules. 10 inches subassembly frame for 5 door installation modules. Dimensional drawing/Cut-out Dimensional drawing/Cut-out Matching accessory for Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch Accessories Page Mounting set for 10 inch 146 subassembly frames Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch is matching accessory for LM1 LON Page 55 LM2 LON 55 LS1 LON 56 LT1 LON 56 LT2 LON 57 LT3 LON 57 LA1 LON 58 P/N 110361 Color silver Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121480 P/N 110362 Color silver Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121497 Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Subassembly frame 146 Mounting kit for s ubassembly frames is m atching accessory for 19 inch Frame 3RU 80HP Page 145 10 inch Frame 3RU 40HP 145 Mounting kit for subassembly frames Fastening kit for 19 inches assembly frames. Accessories * 4 oval-head screws M6x16, cross recess * 4 black plastic disks P/N 110365 Color Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121527 Cabinet Doors / Panels 3RU | Blind module / Labeling 147 Label sheet for door installation modules is m atching accessory for Page 55 LM2 LON 55 LS1 LON 56 LT1 LON 56 LT2 LON 57 LT3 LON 57 LA1 LON 58 5 Blind module Label sheet for door installation modules Blind module for filling for 19 inches assembly frames. Suitable as labeling plate. Pre-cut DIN A4 paper sheets for individually labeling door installation modules. Suitable for LM1, LM2, LS1, LT1, LT2, LT3 and LA1. Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 128.7 x 35 mm Dimensions RU/TP 3RU, 8TP Weight 23 g Installation position any Mounting in assembly frame in 19 inches to IEC 297-3 Housing material ABS * Suitable for all printers * Gray * The print template is available for download in various formats (Visio, PDF, Word, Corel Draw) Accessories LM1 LON Dimensional drawing P/N 110367 Color gray Dimensional drawing Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184121534 P/N 891680 Color gray Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184119289 Current Converter | DIN rail mounting 148 TAmini 50 A / 5 A is matching accessory for Page CPW-E12 | 230 V AC | Input = 1 - 10 A 82 EIW-C18 | 230 V AC 89 EIW-C18 | 24 V AC 89 TAmini 100 A / 5 A is matching accessory for Accessories Page CPW-E12 | 230 V AC | Input = 1 - 10 A 82 EIW-C18 | 230 V AC 89 EIW-C18 | 24 V AC 89 TAmini 50 A / 5 A TAmini 100 A / 5 A The current converter TAmini is used for measuring currents that are beyond the measuring range of the directly connected measuring instrument. The current converter TAmini is used for measuring currents that are beyond the measuring range of the directly connected measuring instrument. * Small current converter for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail * Hole diameter: 21 mm; suitable for cables and rail 20 x 5 mm * Small current converter for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail * Hole diameter: 21 mm; suitable for cables and rail 20 x 5 mm Transformer ratio 50 A / 5 A Transformer ratio 100 A / 5 A Nominal frequency 50 Hz Nominal frequency 50 Hz Operating frequency 47 to 63 Hz Operating frequency 47 to 63 Hz Secondary nominal current 5A Secondary nominal current 5A Max. switch-on current 60 x nominal current smaller than 1 s Max. switch-on current 60 x nominal current s maller than 1 s Max. internal consumption less than 3 VA Max. internal consumption less than 3 VA Classification UL-94 V0 Classification UL-94 V0 Dimensions (W x H x D) 30 x 44 x 65 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 30 x 44 x 65 mm Operating temperature range -25 C to +50 C Operating temperature range -25 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +85 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +85 C Wiring P/N 1101810507 Wiring Color brown Feature 1 transformer ratio Feature 2 50 A/5 A EAN 4250184120469 P/N 1101810508 Color brown Feature 1 transformer ratio Feature 2 100 A/5 A EAN 4250184120476 Interface modules | Coupling modules 149 Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10 is matching accessory for Page KRA-F8/21 | 1 changeover c ontact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 90 KRA-S-F8/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 90 KRA-SR-F10/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 91 5 91 KRA-F10/21-21 | 2 c hangeover contact (DPST) | 24 V AC/DC 92 KRA-S-F10/21-21 | 2 c hangeover contact (DPST) | 24 V AC/DC 92 KMA-F8 106 KMAi-F8 106 Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10 is matching accessory for Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10 The connecting bridge easily connects the terminal blocks A1 and/or A2 of the coupling modules of series F8 and F10 by just plugging in, without having to wire the individual leads. The connecting bridge has 10 poles and is available with grid dimension 11.25 mm. The labeling plate was designed especially for coupling modules with spring-clamp terminal blocks of the series F8 and F10. Great importance was attached to an area for the device tag and one for identification. * Material: ABS, transparent * Hot air tin-plated, lead-free surface * Flame retardant, self-extinguishing to UL 94V-2 Rated voltage 24 V AC/DC Rated current 2A Number of poles 10 Grid dimension 11.25 mm Upper temperature limit 100 C Lower temperature limit -20 C Material / printed circuit board Fr4 Accessories KRA-SRA-F10/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10 Page KRA-F8/21 | 1 changeover c ontact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 90 KRA-S-F8/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 90 KRA-SR-F10/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 91 KRA-SRA-F10/21 | 1 c hangeover contact (SPST) | 24 V AC/DC 91 KRA-F10/21-21 | 2 c hangeover contact (DPST) | 24 V AC/DC 92 Dimensional drawing KRA-S-F10/21-21 | 2 c hangeover contact (DPST) | 24 V AC/DC 92 PV10 F10 108 P/N 110728 Color green Dimensional drawing Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184123200 P/N 110729 Color trans parent Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184123217 Interface modules | Coupling modules 150 Labeling plate Series KMA F8 is matching accessory for KMA-F8 Page 106 KMAi-F8 106 Matching accessory for Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 End Mount Page 153 Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 is matching accessory for Page KRA-M4/1 | 2 4 V AC/DC Labeling plate Series KMA F8 Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 The labeling plate was designed especially for analog encoders with spring-clamp terminals. Great importance was attached to an area for the device tag and one for identification. The connecting bridge easily connects the terminal blocks of the coupling modules of series KRA-M4/M6/M8, without having to wire them individually. The connecting bridge has 10 poles and is available with grid dimension 11.5 mm. The end mounts completely insulate the comb-type back to provide finger protection. * Material: ABS, transparent 93 Accessories KRA-M4/1 LC | 24 V AC/DC 93 KRA-M4/1 | 2 4 V DC 94 * Mechanically polished surface * Flame retardant, self-extinguishing to UL 94V-2 KRA-M4/1 | 2 30 V AC 94 Rated voltage 250 V KRA-M6/1-1 95 Rated current 10 A Number of poles 10 KRA-M6/1-1 | 2 4 V AC/DC 95 Grid dimension 11.5 mm KRA-M6/1-2 96 Upper temperature limit 100 C Lower temperature limit -40 C KRA-M6/21 97 KRA-M6/21 98 Material / jumper CuZN 37 F54 KRA-S-M6/21 98 Ingress protection IP20 KRA-M8/21-21 99 KRA-M8/21-21 12V AC/DC 99 KRA-SR-M8/21 99 KRA-M8/21-21 100 Dimensional drawing P/N 110727 Color trans parent Dimensional drawing Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184123194 P/N 850349-02 Color black Feature 1 10 poles Feature 2 EAN 4250184119302 Interface modules | Coupling modules 151 Labeling plate Series KRA- M4/M6/M8 is matching accessory for Page KRA-M4/1 LC | 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) | 93 24 V AC/DC KRA-M4/1 | 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) | 93 24 V AC/DC KRA-M4/1 | 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) | 94 230 V AC KRA-M6/1-1 | 2 normally open contacts (2 SPST-NO) 95 | 24 V AC/DC KRA-M6/1-1 95 KRA-M6/1-2 96 KRA-M6/1-2 96 KRA-M6/21 97 KRA-M6/21 97 KRA-M6/21 97 KRA-M6/21 98 KRA-S-M6/21 98 KRA-SR-M8/21 99 KRA-M8/21-21 99 Labeling plate Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 End mount for connecting bridge The labeling plate was designed especially for coupling modules with switch because the labeling cannot be attached to the coupling module due to the incorporated switch. To be placed on the ends of the connecting bridge. The end mount completely insulates the comb-type back to provide finger protection. * Material: PA 66, flame retardant and self-extinguishing to UL-94-V2 * Material: PC Makrolon 2805 mat finish, eroded Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing Accessories KRA-M4/1 | 1 normally open contact (SPST-NO) | 94 24 V DC 5 KRA-M8/21-21 12V AC/DC 99 KRA-M8/21-21 100 KRA-M8/21-21 100 End mount for connecting bridge is m atching accessory for Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Connecting bridge, 5 pole 152 P/N 820234-01-9 Color white Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184119319 P/N 820165-2 Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184119326 Interface modules | Industrial sockets 152 RC module for industrial sockets is matching accessory for RM 21-21 Page 102 RM 21-21 103 RM 21-21 103 RM3-2W 103 RM3-2W 104 RM3-2W 104 Socket 14 poles for e lectronic modules 125 RC module for industrial sockets Connecting bridge for industrial sockets RC module for 230 V AC or 24 V AC to suppress interference. The connecting bridge easily connects the terminal blocks of the 14-pole Industry sockets 110175 and 110178, without having to wire them individually. The connecting bridge has 5p oles and is available with grid dimension 28.1 mm. The end mounts completely insulate the comb-type back to provide finger protection. * For relay modules of the RM series and 14-pole Industry sockets Matching accessory for Connecting bridge for industrial sockets Page 153 End Mount * Mechanically polished surface * Flame retardant, self-extinguishing to UL 94V-2 Accessories Connecting bridge for industrial sockets is matching accessory for Rated voltage 250 V Rated current 10 A Number of poles 5 Grid dimension 28.1 mm 124 Upper temperature limit 100 C Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules 125 Lower temperature limit -40 C Material / jumper CuZN 37 F54 Ingress protection IP20 Page Socket 14 poles 3-tiers Dimensional drawing Dimensional drawing P/N 11017905 Color black Feature 1 230 V AC 11017910 black 24 V AC Feature 2 EAN 4250184120438 4250184120445 P/N 850349-03 Color black Feature 1 5 pole Feature 2 EAN 4250184119296 Interface modules | Industrial sockets 153 End mount for connecting bridge is m atching accessory for Page Connecting bridge, 10 pole 150 Connecting bridge, 5 pole 152 Holding Bracket Wire is matching accessory for Socket 14 poles for e lectronic modules Page 124 125 End mount for connecting bridge Holding Bracket Wire To be placed on the ends of the connecting bridge. The end mount completely insulates the comb-type back to provide finger protection. Metal holding bracket for securing the relay in the relay socket. It avoids that the relay gets loose due to vibrations. * Material: PC Makrolon 2805 mat finish, eroded Accessories Socket 14 poles 5 Dimensional drawing P/N 820165-2 Color black Feature 1 Feature 2 EAN 4250184119326 P/N 817133 Color Feature 1 holder Feature 2 wire EAN 4250184119333 Interface modules | Industrial sockets 154 Holding bracket plastic is matching accessory for Socket 14 poles Page 124 Socket 14 poles for e lectronic modules 125 Holding bracket plastic Accessories Plastic holding bracket for securing the relay in the relay socket. It avoids that the relay gets loose due to vibrations. P/N 110189 Color black Feature 1 holder Feature 2 plastics EAN 4250184120513 Contents | Index 155 Index 1 Index - P/N 156 2 Index - Product name 159 Index | P/N Index 156 P/N Product name P/N Product name 110015051206 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) Page 122 11027613 RTM-C12 Page 121 110015051406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123 110280 LTM-E16 111 110015051408 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 123 1102810520 CPW-E12 82 110015101206 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 122 110281052013 CPW-E12 82 110015101406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123 1102830530 LTRk-E12 78 110015101408 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 123 11028313 LTRk-E12 78 110015251206 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 122 110292032215 PFD2-E12 86 110015251406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123 110295412030 MZAk-E10 128 110015251408 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 123 110296412002 EWEk-E10 129 110015271406 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 123 110296412003 EWEk-E10 129 110016051307 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 122 110296412004 EWEk-E10 129 110016101307 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 122 110296412009 EWEk-E10 129 110016251307 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 122 110304412003 RKAk-E10 129 110050 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 63 110304412004 RKAk-E10 129 110051 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 63 110304412005 RKAk-E10 129 110054 Echelon PCI Network Adapter 62 110304412008 RKAk-E10 129 110058 Echelon Multi Port Router 61 110304412011 RKAk-E10 129 110117 Socket 11 poles 124 11030805 ENW-E12 84 110146 Mounting bracket HWR 80 11030810 ENW-E12 84 110149 Two-wire sensor 80 110310412230 MFRk-E12 127 1101500522 DRIW-E16 | 230 V 79 110310412231 MFRk-E12 127 1101501322 DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 79 11031505 TMR-E12 without error memory 82 110151 Mounting bracket HWF 81 1103150522 TMR-E12 without error memory 82 11015605 FSB-E12 88 1103151322 TMR-E12 without error memory 82 11016005270317 RSD-E10 132 11031605 TMR-E12 with error memory 83 11016005270417 RSD-E10 132 1103160522 TMR-E12 with error memory 83 11016005270517 RSD-E10 132 1103161322 TMR-E12 with error memory 83 11016013270317 RSD-E10 132 110324 Submersible Electrode TE1 84 11016141280417 RSDw-E10 132 110329 Leakage sensor LKS1 85 11016141280517 RSDw-E10 132 11032901 Leakage sensor LKS1 110175 Socket 14 poles 3-tiers 124 110352412003 RTLk-E10 128 110178 Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules 125 110352412004 RTLk-E10 128 11017905 RC module for industrial sockets 152 110352412005 RTLk-E10 128 11017910 RC module for industrial sockets 152 110352412006 RTLk-E10 128 1101810507 TAmini 50 A / 5 A 148 110352412008 RTLk-E10 128 1101810508 TAmini 100 A / 5 A 148 110354412016 REWk-E10 131 110189 Holding bracket plastic 154 110355412016 RTBk-E10 131 110195 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 5 Port 71 110361 Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch 145 110196 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 71 110362 Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch 145 11019601 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 71 110365 Mounting kit for subassembly frames 146 11021003E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 59 110367 Blind module 147 11021019E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 59 110369 Terminal block for I/O Components 142 11021220 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60 11039025 LA1 LON 58 11021221 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60 11039125 LM1 LON 55 11021223 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60 11039225 LM2 LON 55 11021243 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 60 11039425 LS1 LON 56 110213 Echelon i.LON 600 60 11039525 LT1 LON 56 11021302 Echelon i.LON 600 60 11039613 LT2 LON 57 11021303 Echelon i.LON 600 60 11039713 LT3 LON 110214 Echelon USB Network Interface 62 11043413 KRS-C12 3VHR 115 110215 Echelon USB Network Interface 62 11043513 ADU-C12 117 11021603E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 59 110486 HUB DC 141 11021619E Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 59 110501 PT-C12 / PTi-C12 116 110270 ASD-C18 86 11050108 PT-C12 / PTi-C12 116 110271 DUW-C12 87 110502 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 116 11027205 EIW-C18 89 11050208 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 116 11027210 EIW-C18 89 11050405 RM21 | AC 102 11027405 EUW-C18 89 11050410 RM21 | AC 102 11027605 RTM-C12 230 V 121 11050425 RM21 | 24 V DC 101 85 57 Index | P/N 157 P/N Product name P/N Product name 11050705 RM21-21 | AC 103 11067441203031 TERk-E08 Page 130 11050710 RM21-21 | AC 103 11067441203130 TERk-E08 130 11050725 RM21-21 | 24 V DC 102 11067441203131 TERk-E08 130 11051005 RM3-2W | AC 104 110676132722 KRZ-E08/HR2 109 11051010 RM3-2W | AC 104 11070013 KRA-F8/21 90 11051025 RM3-2W | 24 V DC 103 11070213 KRA-F10/21-21 92 110518 SMM-E16 110 11070613 KRA-S-F8/21 90 11051813 SMM-E16 110 11070713 KRA-S-F10/21-21 92 110520 STM-C12 110 11070813 KRA-SR-F10/21 91 110556 S0/M Converter 66 110561 Power supply NG4 HS 110562 110562IP 11071013 KRA-SRA-F10/21 141 110720 PV10 F10 108 T/M Converter 66 110727 Labeling plate Series KMA F8 150 T/M Konverter-IP65 67 110728 Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10 149 1105701321 FRAS 4/21 CAN 64 110729 Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10 149 1105731302 FAA 4 CAN 65 110730 KMA-F8 106 1105741306 FAE 4 CAN 65 110731 KMAi-F8 106 1105751319 FDE 4 CAN 64 11080001 BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router 11060913 KRA-S12/21-21-21 101 11080101 USB/RS485 Converter 144 11061213 KRA-S-M6/21 98 11083013 MR-TO4 Modbus RTU 38 11061305 KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC 94 1108311319 MR-DI10 Modbus RTU 36 11061313 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC 93 11083213 MR-AI8 Modbus RTU 37 11061325 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC 94 1108331326 MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU 41 11061505 KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC 98 110833132601 MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU 41 11061513 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 97 1108331326IP MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 42 11061525 KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC 97 1108341319 MR-DI4 Modbus RTU 35 11061550 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 97 110834131901IP MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU 35 11061605 KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC 95 1108351302 MR-AO4 Modbus RTU 40 11061613 KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC 95 1108361321 MR-DO4 Modbus RTU 38 11061705 KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC 96 110836132101 MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU 39 11061713 KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC 96 1108371302 MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU 40 11061905 KRA-M8/21-21 | 230 V AC 100 11083813 MR-TP Modbus RTU 42 11061913 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 99 11083913 MR-SI4 Modbus RTU 36 11061925 KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC 100 1108401332 MR-CI4 Modbus RTU 37 11061950 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 99 11084213IP MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 43 110628 KD-S12/11A 120 1108501319 LF-DI4 LON 44 110629 KD-S12/11K 119 1108511319 LF-DI10 LON 44 1106302517 KRE-M4/1 DC 105 1108511319IP LF-DI10-IP65 LON 45 1106312518 KRE-M4/1 AC 105 1108521321 LF-DO4 LON 48 110639 KD-M8/4E 118 1108521321IP LF-DO4-IP65 LON 48 110640 KD-M8/7A 119 11085313 LF-AI8 LON 47 110641 KD-M8/7K 118 11085413 LF-AOP4 LON 50 11064513 KRA-SR-M8/21 99 11085413IP LF-AO4-IP LON 50 11065013 KRA-M4/1 LC 93 1108551326 LF-DIO4/2 LON 51 110655 KRS-E06 112 1108551326IP LF-DIO4/2-IP LON 51 110656 KAD-C12 117 1108561326 LF-DM4/4 LON 52 110657 MARk-E08 126 11085713 LF-AM2/4 LON 53 1106574133 MARk-E08 U 126 11085813 LF-SI4 LON 45 110658 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 127 11085913 LF-TP LON 52 110658412014 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 127 1108601332 LF-CI4 LON 47 110659 KMAi-E08 107 11086105IP LF-TI-IP65 LON 53 110660 KMA-E08 107 11086213 LF-TO4 LON 49 110661 KRS-E06 - manual control 112 11086313 LF-DI230 LON 46 110665 KRS-E08 HR3 115 11087913 LF-FAM LON 54 110666 KRS-E08 HRP 113 11088013 BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP 30 110667 KRS-E08 HR 113 1108811319 BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP 28 110668132722 KRZ-E08 HR 109 11088213 BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP 29 110672 KRS1-E08 HR3 114 1108831326 BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP 32 110673 KRS-E08 3 114 1108831326IP BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 32 11067441203030 TERk-E08 130 1108841319 BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP 27 5 91 34 Index Page Index | P/N Index 158 P/N Product name 1108841319IP BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP Page 27 1108851302 BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP 31 1108861321 BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP 30 1108871302 BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP 31 11088813 BMT-TP 33 11088913 BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP 28 110900 EWIO-9180 20 110901 EWIO-9180-FB 21 110910 EWIO-9180-M 20 11095013 EW-TO4 24 1109511319 EW-DI10 22 11095213 EW-AI8 23 1109531326 EW-DIO4/2 26 1109531326IP EW-DIO4/2-IP 26 1109541319 EW-DI4 22 1109551302 EW-AO4 25 1109561321 EW-DO4 130280-I SAR 1 135 130283-I SAR 4 / SAR 5 135 130284-I SAR 4 / SAR 5 135 130383-E AMS 1/4 F AP 136 130592-I TZG WK 955 AP 137 130593-I TZG WK 955 UP 137 31135104 Jumper plug for I/O components 142 817133 Holding Bracket Wire 153 820165-2 End mount for connecting bridge 151 820234-01-9 Labeling plate Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 151 850349-02 Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 150 850349-03 Connecting bridge for industrial sockets 152 891680 Label sheet for door installation modules 147 895604 Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm ASP0250404 Terminal block for door installation modules 24 81 143 Index | Product name 159 Product name P/N Product name P/N ADU-C12 11043513 117 EWEk-E10 110296412004 129 AMS 1/4 F AP 130383-E 136 EWEk-E10 110296412009 129 ASD-C18 110270 86 EWIO-9180 110900 20 Auxiliary cam for shafts up to 80 mm 895604 81 EWIO-9180-FB 110901 21 BACnet IP / BACnet MS/TP Router 11080001 34 EWIO-9180-M 110910 20 Blind module 110367 EW-TO4 11095013 24 BMT-AI8 BACnet MS/TP 11088213 29 FAA 4 CAN 1105731302 65 BMT-AO4 BACnet MS/TP 1108851302 31 FAE 4 CAN 1105741306 65 BMT-AOP4 BACnet MS/TP 1108871302 31 FDE 4 CAN 1105751319 64 BMT-DI10 BACnet MS/TP 1108811319 28 FRAS 4/21 CAN 1105701321 64 BMT-DI4 BACnet MS/TP 1108841319 27 FSB-E12 11015605 BMT-DI4-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 1108841319IP 27 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 110016051307 122 BMT-DIO4/2 BACnet MS/TP 1108831326 32 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 110016101307 122 BMT-DIO4/2-IP65 BACnet MS/TP 1108831326IP 32 HF10FH | 3 changeover contacts (3 DPST) 110016251307 122 BMT-DO4 BACnet MS/TP 1108861321 30 Holding bracket plastic 110189 154 BMT-SI4 BACnet MS/TP 11088913 28 Holding Bracket Wire 817133 153 BMT-TO4 BACnet MS/TP 11088013 30 HUB DC 110486 141 BMT-TP 11088813 33 Jumper plug for I/O components 31135104 142 Connecting bridge for industrial sockets 850349-03 152 KAD-C12 110656 117 Connecting bridge Series KRA-F8/F10 110728 149 KD-M8/4E 110639 118 Connecting bridge Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 850349-02 150 KD-M8/7A 110640 119 CPW-E12 1102810520 82 KD-M8/7K 110641 118 CPW-E12 110281052013 82 KD-S12/11A 110628 120 DRIW-E16 | 230 V 1101500522 79 KD-S12/11K 110629 119 DRIW-E16 | 24 V AC/DC 1101501322 79 KMA-E08 110660 107 DUW-C12 110271 87 KMA-F8 110730 106 Echelon i.LON 600 110213 60 KMAi-E08 110659 107 Echelon i.LON 600 11021302 60 KMAi-F8 110731 106 Echelon i.LON 600 11021303 60 KRA-F10/21-21 11070213 92 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021220 60 KRA-F8/21 11070013 90 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021221 60 KRA-M4/1 | 230 V AC 11061305 94 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021223 60 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V AC/DC 11061313 93 Echelon i.LON Smart Server 11021243 60 KRA-M4/1 | 24 V DC 11061325 94 Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 11021603E 59 KRA-M4/1 LC 11065013 93 Echelon LonMaker SR4 Professional 11021619E 59 KRA-M6/1-1 | 230 V AC 11061605 95 Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 11021003E 59 KRA-M6/1-1 | 24 V AC/DC 11061613 95 Echelon LonMaker SR4 Standard 11021019E 59 KRA-M6/1-2 | 230 V AC 11061705 96 Echelon Multi Port Router 110058 61 KRA-M6/1-2 | 24 V AC/DC 11061713 96 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 110050 63 KRA-M6/21 | 230 V AC 11061505 98 Echelon PC Card LonTalk Adapter 110051 63 KRA-M6/21 | 24 V DC 11061525 97 Echelon PCI Network Adapter 110054 62 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 11061513 97 Echelon USB Network Interface 110214 62 KRA-M6/21 | AC/DC 11061550 97 Echelon USB Network Interface 110215 62 KRA-M8/21-21 | 230 V AC 11061905 100 EIW-C18 11027205 89 KRA-M8/21-21 | 24 V DC 11061925 100 EIW-C18 11027210 89 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 11061913 99 End mount for connecting bridge 820165-2 151 KRA-M8/21-21 | AC/DC 11061950 99 End mount for connecting bridge 820165-2 153 KRA-S12/21-21-21 11060913 101 ENW-E12 11030805 84 KRA-S-F10/21-21 11070713 92 ENW-E12 11030810 84 KRA-S-F8/21 11070613 90 EUW-C18 11027405 89 KRA-S-M6/21 11061213 98 EW-AI8 11095213 23 KRA-SRA-F10/21 11071013 91 EW-AO4 1109551302 25 KRA-SR-F10/21 11070813 91 EW-DI10 1109511319 22 KRA-SR-M8/21 11064513 EW-DI4 1109541319 22 KRE-M4/1 AC 1106312518 105 EW-DIO4/2 1109531326 26 KRE-M4/1 DC 1106302517 105 EW-DIO4/2-IP 1109531326IP 26 KRS1-E08 HR3 110672 114 EW-DO4 1109561321 24 KRS-C12 3VHR 11043413 115 EWEk-E10 110296412002 129 KRS-E06 110655 112 EWEk-E10 110296412003 129 KRS-E06 - manual control 110661 112 147 Page 5 88 99 Index Page Index | Product name Index 160 Product name P/N Product name P/N KRS-E08 3 110673 Page 114 MR-DI4 Modbus RTU 1108341319 35 KRS-E08 HR 110667 113 MR-DI4-IP65 Modbus RTU 110834131901IP 35 KRS-E08 HR3 110665 115 MR-DIO4/2 Modbus RTU 1108331326 41 KRS-E08 HRP 110666 113 MR-DIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 1108331326IP 42 KRZ-E08 HR 110668132722 109 MR-DIO4/2S Modbus RTU 110833132601 41 KRZ-E08/HR2 110676132722 109 MR-DO4 Modbus RTU 1108361321 38 LA1 LON 11039025 MR-DOA4 Modbus RTU 110836132101 39 Label sheet for door installation modules 891680 147 MR-SI4 Modbus RTU 11083913 36 Labeling plate Series KMA F8 110727 150 MR-TO4 Modbus RTU 11083013 38 Labeling plate Series KRA-F8/F10 110729 149 MR-TP Modbus RTU 11083813 Labeling plate Series KRA-M4/M6/M8 820234-01-9 151 MZAk-E10 110295412030 Leakage sensor LKS1 110329 85 PFD2-E12 110292032215 Leakage sensor LKS1 11032901 85 Power supply NG4 HS 110561 141 LF-AI8 LON 11085313 47 PT-C12 / PTi-C12 110501 116 LF-AM2/4 LON 11085713 53 PT-C12 / PTi-C12 11050108 116 LF-AO4-IP LON 11085413IP 50 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 110502 116 LF-AOP4 LON 11085413 50 PT-C12 230 / PTi-C12 230 11050208 116 LF-CI4 LON 1108601332 47 PV10 F10 110720 108 LF-DI10 LON 1108511319 44 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 110015051206 122 LF-DI10-IP65 LON 1108511319IP 45 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 110015101206 122 LF-DI230 LON 11086313 46 R274 | 2 changeover contacts (2 DPST) 110015251206 122 LF-DI4 LON 1108501319 44 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015051406 123 LF-DIO4/2 LON 1108551326 51 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015101406 123 LF-DIO4/2-IP LON 1108551326IP 51 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015251406 123 LF-DM4/4 LON 1108561326 52 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) 110015271406 123 LF-DO4 LON 1108521321 48 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 110015051408 123 LF-DO4-IP65 LON 1108521321IP 48 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 110015101408 123 LF-FAM LON 11087913 54 R274 | 4 changeover contacts (4 DPST) gold plated contacts 110015251408 123 LF-SI4 LON 11085813 45 RC module for industrial sockets 11017905 152 LF-TI-IP65 LON 11086105IP 53 RC module for industrial sockets 11017910 152 LF-TO4 LON 11086213 49 REWk-E10 110354412016 131 LF-TP LON 11085913 52 RKAk-E10 110304412003 129 LM1 LON 11039125 55 RKAk-E10 110304412004 129 LM2 LON 11039225 55 RKAk-E10 110304412005 129 LS1 LON 11039425 56 RKAk-E10 110304412008 129 LT1 LON 11039525 56 RKAk-E10 110304412011 129 LT2 LON 11039613 57 RM21 | 24 V DC 11050425 101 LT3 LON 11039713 57 RM21 | AC 11050410 102 LTM-E16 110280 111 RM21 | AC 11050405 102 LTRk-E12 11028313 78 RM21-21 | 24 V DC 11050725 102 LTRk-E12 1102830530 78 RM21-21 | AC 11050705 103 MARk-E08 110657 126 RM21-21 | AC 11050710 103 MARk-E08 U 1106574133 126 RM3-2W | 24 V DC 11051025 103 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 110658 127 RM3-2W | AC 11051005 104 MFRk-E08 / MFRk-E08 F 110658412014 127 RM3-2W | AC 11051010 104 MFRk-E12 110310412230 127 RSD-E10 11016005270317 132 MFRk-E12 110310412231 127 RSD-E10 11016005270417 132 Mounting bracket HWF 110151 81 RSD-E10 11016005270517 132 Mounting bracket HWR 110146 80 RSD-E10 11016013270317 132 Mounting kit for subassembly frames 110365 146 RSDw-E10 11016141280417 132 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 5 Port 110195 71 RSDw-E10 11016141280517 132 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 110196 71 RTBk-E10 110355412016 131 MOXA EtherDevice Switch 8 Port 11019601 71 RTLk-E10 110352412003 128 MR-AI8 Modbus RTU 11083213 37 RTLk-E10 110352412004 128 MR-AIO4/2-IP65 Modbus RTU 11084213IP 43 RTLk-E10 110352412005 128 MR-AO4 Modbus RTU 1108351302 40 RTLk-E10 110352412006 128 MR-AOP4 Modbus RTU 1108371302 40 RTLk-E10 110352412008 128 MR-CI4 Modbus RTU 1108401332 37 RTM-C12 11027613 121 MR-DI10 Modbus RTU 1108311319 36 RTM-C12 230 V 11027605 121 58 Page 42 128 86 Index | Product name 161 Product name P/N S0/M Converter 110556 Page 66 SAR 1 130280-I 135 SAR 4 / SAR 5 130283-I 135 SAR 4 / SAR 5 130284-I 135 SMM-E16 11051813 110 SMM-E16 110518 110 Socket 11 poles 110117 124 Socket 14 poles 2-tiers for electronic modules 110178 125 Socket 14 poles 3-tiers 110175 124 STM-C12 110520 110 Subassembly frame 3RU 10 inch 110362 145 Subassembly frame 3RU 19 inch 110361 145 Submersible Electrode TE1 110324 84 T/M Converter 110562 66 T/M Konverter-IP65 110562IP TAmini 100 A / 5 A 1101810508 148 TAmini 50 A / 5 A 1101810507 148 TERk-E08 11067441203030 130 TERk-E08 11067441203031 130 TERk-E08 11067441203130 130 TERk-E08 11067441203131 130 Terminal block for door installation modules ASP0250404 143 Terminal block for I/O Components 110369 142 TMR-E12 with error memory 11031605 83 TMR-E12 with error memory 1103160522 83 TMR-E12 with error memory 1103161322 83 TMR-E12 without error memory 11031505 82 TMR-E12 without error memory 1103150522 82 TMR-E12 without error memory 1103151322 82 Two-wire sensor 110149 80 TZG WK 955 AP 130592-I 137 TZG WK 955 UP 130593-I 137 USB/RS485 Converter 11080101 144 5 Index 67 Index 162 Notes Notes 163 Index 5 164 A powerful team! Contents | Contact 165 Always there for you The success of METZ CONNECT is based on competence and the commitment of their worldwide active personnel. Out of their knowledge, qualification and experience that they contribute in the different areas result the successful, reliable and high-quality solutions for your networks. In our sales teams work excellent professionals with profound knowledge of the different product ranges, technologies and markets. They do not want to be just sales people but your contact and consultant to work out together with you the ideal solution for your networks. Your demands mean challenge to us and to offer you the matching solution will be the confirmation for our work. So just put the rules to the test - give us a challenge! METZ CONNECT worldwide 166 Contacts 167 General Information 168 166 METZ CONNECT worldwide LA Etten-Leur Strasbourg Moscow BLUMBERG Budapest Thal Tinton Falls Shanghai Zhongshan Hong Kong Singapore SALES OFFICES METZ CONNECT USA Inc. METZ CONNECT France SAS METZ CONNECT GmbH METZ CONNECT Shanghai Branch Im Tal 2 78176 Blumberg Germany METZ CONNECT (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. 200 Tornillo Way 28, Rue Schweighaeuser 1 Kaki Bukit Ave 3 Tinton Falls, NJ 07712 67000 Strasbourg USA France Phone +49 . 77 02 . 533-0 Phone +31 . 76 . 508 34 10 #04-08, KB-1 Phone +1 . 732 . 389 1300 Phone +33 . 3 . 886 170 73 Fax +49.7702.533-189 Fax + 41 . 76 . 508 35 01 Singapore 416087 Fax +1 . 732 . 389 9066 Fax +33 . 3 . 886 194 73 www.metz-connect.com www.metz-connect.com Phone +65 . 67 47 . 09 98 Fax +65 . 67 46 . 31 20 www.metz-connect.com www.metz-connect.com www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT 140, Tian Lin Road, Building Number 28, Unit 1F-25 XuHui, Shanghai 200233 China Bredaseweg 185 4872 LA Etten-Leur Netherlands Russia 127411 Moscow Dmitrovskoe Chaussee METZ CONNECT Asia Pacific Limited Suite 701, 7/F, Chinachem Hollywood Centre 1-13 Hollywood Road Central Hong Kong House 157, Building 5, BTR swiss AG Postfach 162 9425 Thal Switzerland Office 5339 Phone +7 . 495 . 514 38 02 www.metz-connect.com Phone +41 . 71 . 920 10 30 Fax + 41 . 71 . 920 10 31 www.metz-connect.com PRODUCTION SITES MCQ TECH GmbH Ottilienweg 9 78176 Blumberg Germany Phone +49 . 77 02 . 533-0 Fax +49.7702 . 533-433 www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT Hungary Kft METZ CONNECT Zhongshan Ltd. 1201 Budapest Helsinki ut 51 Hungary Ping Chang Road Ping Pu Industrial Park Sanxiang Town Zhongshan City Guangdong Province China, Zip code: 528 463 Phone +36 . 1 . 289 10 20 Fax +36 . 1 . 284 09 47 Phone +86 . 21 . 336 342 28 Phone +86 . 21 . 336 343 34 Fax +86 . 21 . 336 342 24 @ @ 167 Contact Contacts You will find your responsible contacts for your sector in your region at our website: http://www.metz-connect.com/en/contact-search 168 Please note General Information ! All the information, descriptions and illustrations given in this catalog are non-binding. It does in no way entitle to deduce warranty claims. Subject to change without prior notice. No liability accepted for printing errors. (c) METZ CONNECT GmbH, Im Tal 2, 78176 Blumberg, Germany All rights reserved, especially the right of reproduction and translation. Reproduction or electronic storage, processing, copying and publication of any part of this document is subject to prior approval by METZ CONNECT GmbH. Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment of METZ CONNECT GmbH (HRB 611606) Im Tal 2 | 78176 Blumberg | Germany I. Sphere of application, validity 1.1 The Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment set out below shall apply to all transactions and deliveries between ourselves and undertakings (Section 14 BGB [Civil Code]) and with legal entities under public law and public law special trust assets. 1.2 Our Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment shall not apply to transactions with consumers (Section 13 BGB). 1.3 ditions which are contrary or which vary from our own Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment, unless we have explicitly approved their validity in writing or in text format. Our Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment shall still apply, even if we execute delivery to the customer in the knowledge that the customer`s terms and conditions are contrary to or vary from our own Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment. 1.4 In the case of orders and deliveries between ourselves and foreign customers, it is agreed that the law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to all business relations, irrespective of their legal basis. The contractual language for our business relations with a foreign customer is either German or English, at our option. Our choice will be made based on the language we use when dealing with the customer. 1.5 If our products are exported, we are not liable for ensuring that they are capable of being exported, nor are we responsible for the procuring of official authorizations, nor for the compliance with any regulations concerning foreign trade in the designated land of exportation. The customer is responsible for verifying and ensuring that all national regulations of the specific land of exportation are complied with. 1.6 If one or several provisions of these terms and conditions should be void regardless of the legal basis the validity of the other provisions shall not be affected thereby. II. Contract conclusion, scope of delivery 2.1 Our quotations shall be without commitment. 2.2 A contract shall be deemed to have been concluded exclusively on the basis of our order confirmation which shall be drawn up in writing or in text format. The order confirmation shall contain our delivery commitments and shall specify the condition of the products to be delivered. The condition and performance of our products are additionally in agreement with the specifications of the catalogue valid at the time of our order confirmation. Ancillary agreements and subsequent agreements must be set out in writing or in text format. 2.3 If we fail to provide the customer any confirmation of its order, then forwarding of the delivery with an invoice and/or delivery note shall equate to acceptance of the order. 2.4 The condition of the product to be delivered shall additionally be determined by means of the article number and article description to which reference is made in the order confirmation or in the delivery note or the invoice. 2.5 The customer must check all his dimensional and product requirements. We are not obliged to verify the dimensions, the product data and the specifications given by the customer. The customer is responsible for verifying the compatibility of the components he uses together with our products when he uses our products together with other components (e.g. plugs for our socket,) and is likewise responsible for ensuring that these uses comply with national and EU standards and guidelines. III. Delivery time, transfer of risk 3.1 The delivery time shall be deemed to have been agreed as approximate. It shall be deemed to be a fixed date only where it has been explicitly designated as such. 3.2 If we are prevented from or hindered in performance of our assignment through the occurrence of unforeseen events, which we were unable to avert despite applying the level of due care which could be expected of us in the circumstances, irrespective of whether such events occur at our own premises or at those of our subsidiary suppliers, e.g. breakdowns, delay in the delivery of key vendor parts, official measures, embargo, risk of war, force majeure or strike, then the delivery period shall be extended by the duration of such hindrance. If delivery or performance is impossible as a result of the circumstances listed, then we shall be exempted from our delivery commitment. 3.3 The risk for individual deliveries shall pass to the customer at the time of dispatch of the goods or their delivery to the carrier/freighter ex works Blumberg (EXW Incoterms 2000). 3.4 The customer must take delivery of and store shipped and delivered goods, even if these are defective. In doing so, the customer does not waive his rights to give notice of and claim for defects. 3.5 Part deliveries and part performances shall be admissible. These shall be deemed to be independent deliveries and may be charged immediately. 3.6 In the case of special production orders, we reserve the right to under-/over-deliver by up to 10 % of the delivery quantities ordered and/or for which the order has been confirmed. IV. Prices, payments 4.1 Unless otherwise agreed, our prices shall be held to be ex works Blumberg in euro. VAT at the statutory rate shall be added to the prices. 4.2 Unless explicitly agreed otherwise, payments shall fall due within 14 days of the invoice date subject to 2 % discount, and net within 30 days. Discounts shall be applied only on the ex works price, excluding freight, shipment and other incidental costs, and only provided all the customer`s debts arising out of the business relationship have been paid. The statutory provisions shall apply in the event of default. 4.3 The customer is not permitted to retain any payments because of notice of defects or other counterclaims which we have not recognized or which have not become res judicata, nor is he permitted to offset the payments against such counterclaims. VI. Obligation to serve notice of a defect, performance problems, material defects, liability 6.1 The customer`s duty to serve notice of a defect and duty of care 6.1.1 It is the customer`s responsibility to examine the products delivered by us for faults or defects and to verify the quantities delivered within four days of delivery and to inform us within 14 days of any faults, defects or deviations in quantity in such a way that we are able to identify faults, defects or deviations in quantity, so that we may comply with our obligation to carry out remedial work. 6.1.2 If the customer learns of breaches of duty and/or material defects with respect to the products supplied to him by us and by him to his customers, then he undertakes to inform us immediately in such a way that we shall be in a position to confirm the defaults indicated and/or defects at the place of use. If we are not notified immediately, then our customer shall be deemed to have approved the goods. 6.1.3 In the event of recourse by a customer against a supplier or based on the supply chain due to material defects experienced by the customer as a result of our product, our customer undertakes to only carry out subsequent performance towards its own customer or towards customers entitled under the supply chain after consultation with ourselves to determine the appropriate technical and commercial measures. 6.2 Rights in relation to defects 6.2.1 In the event of defaults, breaches of duty and/or material defects, we shall have the right vis-a-vis the customer to elect to remedy the defect by replacement or to remedy it in another manner within a reasonable period. The right of remedy shall be restricted to two attempted remedies. If the default, breach of duty and/or material defect occurs at the customer`s place of delivery or at the place of delivery of one of his customers within a supply chain, then the customer must give us the opportunity of carrying out our rectification at the place of delivery of our product. 6.2.2 Our customer undertakes not to acknowledge any claims based on defects by his own customers or third parties within the supply chain without consulting with ourselves. 6.3 Liability 6.3.1 In the event of serious breaches of duty and default with respect to cardinal" duties and duties of performance and/or material defects, we shall be absolutely liable in the event of - gross culpability - grossly negligent culpability on the part of our Managing Directors and/or senior executives - culpable injury to the life, limb or health of individuals - material defects which have been fraudulently concealed - guarantees explicitly given in writing - defects in products, insofar as there is liability for personal injury or material damage under the Product Liability Act. 6.3.2 In the event of negligent breach of duty, performance problems or materials defects caused, for which we are culpable, our liability shall be restricted to remedy or replacement delivery and/or to reimbursement of expenses. 6.3.3 We accept no liability towards our customers in the event of breaches of non-essential duties, defaults and other incidental duties, nor do we accept liability for non-essential deviations from specifications relating to the performance and condition of our products. 6.3.4 All claims for damages against us shall be restricted to such damages which are foreseeable for us at the time of conclusion of the contract through the use of the products delivered by us. 6.3.5 In the event that we are obliged to pay damages on the basis of negligent culpability, our duty to pay indemnity and/or for expenses shall be restricted to 5 times the product price per occurrence, and in the event of serial losses, to 3 times the product price per defective product, plus the replacement product concerned. 6.3.6 In the event that the customer exports our products, including using them for further processing or as components, we shall not be liable for ensuring that the products are capable of being exported, nor for ensuring that no official approval is required nor for the freedom to import them in our customer`s countries of importation. 6.3.7 Claims of the customer based on claims for defects or breaches of duty contrary to contract shall become barred by limitation after a period of one year. The start of this period is determined by the date of the delivery note indicating the delivery of the product. The one-year period of limitation shall not apply if, according to a mandatory legal regulation, the limitation period is longer; this shall also apply in the event of injury to life, limb or health; of intentional or grossly negligent culpability on our part; and of fraudulent intent by ourselves or our staff; and of failure to disclose a defect; in which case the legal provisions shall apply. VII. Product Liability 7.1 7.2 7.3 V. Reservation of ownership 5.1 The customer shall provide us with the following agreed collateral for all our claims against it arising out of the business relationship, irrespective of their legal basis. The customer shall have authority to demand the release of collateral inasmuch as it exceeds 20 % of the value of our claims. We shall be obliged to release individual items of collateral, and may select which items to release. 5.2 The goods delivered shall remain our property until payment in full of the purchase price and of all claims of any kind arising out of the entire business relationship. Ownership shall not transfer until all payments, including all incidental claims, have been paid. Only the date of encashment shall apply in the event of payments by cheque. The customer shall not be entitled to pledge the goods or to transfer their ownership by way of security. 5.3 In the event of behaviour by the customer in breach of contract, or of default on its part, we shall have authority to take back the goods and to oblige the customer to hand them over. If we assert our reservation of ownership and attach goods, this shall not signify withdrawal from the contract. Section 449 (2) BGB shall be excluded. 5.4 The customer shall only be authorised to resell within the ordinary course of its business. It hereby assigns to us the resulting receivable, in the amount of our final invoice including VAT, and undertakes to supply the name and address of the third party debtor and the amounts of the receivables in question, upon request. The receivable arising from resale of our goods may not be assigned to third parties, including banks. 5.5 The customer shall be obliged to insure all goods not paid for against losses, in particular against fire, water damage and breakage. The customer undertakes to supply us with the name of the indemnity insurer concerned and shall assign to us its claim against the insurer concerned with respect to unpaid goods at the time of occurrence of the insured loss, by way of provisional performance. 5.6 If, in the case of a delivery for export, the above provision in relation to reservation of ownership is invalid in the country of export, or if it must be supplemented and/or requires registration in order to be valid, then the customer shall be obliged and we shall have authority to conclude a collateral agreement according to the law of the country of export, which comes as close as possible to the commercial purpose of our purchase price collateral, and to undertake the requisite registration. If the export customer is in default with payments, then we shall have authority to take possession of the goods and to store these separately or outside the customer`s business premises, without this implying withdrawal from the contract or cancellation thereof. 7.4 Should we, owing to omissions or defects in the performance of the object of delivery or owing to faulty advice, information or suggestions for use, be responsible for damages suffered by our customer, including on the basis of product liability provisions, during or after the term of the contract, the provisions governing liability for defects in the delivery as defined in VI between us and the customer shall apply to the exclusion of all other claims regardless of the basis of such claims. Should the exclusion of liability or limitation of liability for product liability as outlined above be invalid and on the merits of the situation should we be liable to our customer, liability shall be limited to the respective amounts of the insurance sum for personal damages and damages to property provided by the insurance coverage taken out by us with our insurance agent. Should a case of product liability arise, the customer shall not assert any claims whatsoever for damages to property greater than the sum covered by our insurance agent. We and our customer exclude any assertion of claims for product liability asserted by third parties as a result of assignments of the third party to the customer. The customer is not entitled to assert claims against us originating from the supply chain. We and our customer undertake to aid one another in fending off any such claims which may be asserted by third parties. VIII. Guarantee declarations 8.1 8.2 8.3 Any guarantee declaration must be made separately in writing and shall not be included in the order confirmation. A guarantee declaration shall only validly materialise provided it is signed by a managing director with sole signatory authority or by a managing director with joint representative authority together with another managing director or a prokurist [officer with statutory authority]. Provisions relating to condition and performance descriptions and/or product specifications shall not contain any guarantee declarations. The assumption of tacit guarantees shall be explicitly excluded. IX. Data Protection 9.1 We are entitled to store and process customer data we receive as a result of our business relations, insofar as the customer is entitled to dispose of this data, for use in our business relations. X. Place of performance, Venue 10.1 Place of performance and venue for delivery and payment for the business relation with our customer is Blumberg. 1 January 2006 version METZ CONNECT GmbH is member in the following organizations and associations. METZ CONNECT USA Inc. 200 Tornillo Way Tinton Falls, NJ 07712 USA Phone + 1-732-389-1300 Fax + 1-732-389-9066 www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT France SAS 28, Rue Schweighaeuser 67000 Strasbourg France Phone + 33 38 86 170 73 Fax + 33 38 86 194 73 www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT Russia 127411 Moscow Dmitrovskoe Chaussee House 157, Building 5, Office 5339 Phone + 7 495 514 38 02 www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT Bredaseweg 185 4872 LA Etten-Leur Netherlands Phone + 31 76 508 34 10 Fax + 31 76 508 35 01 www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. 1 Kaki Bukit Ave 3 #04-08, KB-1 Singapore 416087 Phone + 65 67 47 09 98 Fax + 65 67 46 31 20 www.metz-connect.com METZ CONNECT GmbH Im Tal 2 78176 Blumberg Germany Phone + 49 77 02 533- 0 Fax + 49 77 02 533-189 info@metz-connect.com www.metz-connect.com 140, Tian Lin Road, Building Number 28, Unit 1F-25 Xuhui, Shanghai 200233 China Phone + 86 21 33 63 42 28 Phone + 86 21 33 63 43 34 Fax + 86 21 33 63 42 24 899313-02 | 02/2015 Shanghai Branch